600 Volt

advertisement
ENGINEERING CATALOG
March, 2008
What’s New:
• Flexible Stranded Wire UL Rating Information
• SCCR with Fuses or Circuit Breakers
• Datasheets on www.marathonsp.com
•
•
•
•
FUSE HOLDERS
POWER BLOCKS
TERMINAL BLOCKS
CUSTOM PRODUCTS
www.marathonsp.com
Table of Contents
General Information
Flexible Stranded Wire - NEW
Fuse Holders
3-4
5-6
General Information
Class H & K - 250 Volt
Class H & K - 600 Volt
Class H & K Fuse Panels
Class R - 250 Volt
Class R - 600 Volt
Class H, K & R Dimensions
Class T - 300 Volt
Class T - 600 Volt
Class T Dimensions
Class J - 600 Volt - NEW
M Holder - 600 Volt
Midget Enclosed Holder - 600 Volt
Midget Holder Sectional - 600 Volt
CC Holder - 600 Volt
CC Enclosed Holder - 600 Volt
Class G
M, CC, Class J & G Dimensions
Semi Conductor Fuse Holder Box
Semi Conductor Fuse Holder Stud - 1,000 Volt
Fuse Holders with BD Connectors
Forklift/Semi Conductor Fuse Holder
Fuse Holder Covers
DIN Rail Adapter
Class CC, G and Midget Accessories
Short Circuit Current Ratings - NEW
UL Listed Power Blocks - NEW
Power Blocks
General Information
Power Distribution Blocks
Power Blocks (Splicer)
Power Stud Blocks
Power Splicer/Stud Blocks
Power Stud to Distribution Blocks
IEC EPB Series Power Block - NEW
Power Block Covers
Grounding Lugs - GL
Power Block Dimensions
7-8
9
10
11 -12
13
14
15 - 17
18
19
20 - 22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30 - 32
33
34
35
36
37 - 38
39
39
40
41 - 42
43
44
47
49
50
52
53
54
55
56
- 46
- 48
- 51
- 59
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
General Information
1100 Series
1103P & 1200 Series
0987 RZ Series - NEW
985 GP Series
1500 Series
1600 Series
1700 Series
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
Single and Double Row Terminal Blocks
General Information - Single Row
411 Series
599 Series (799 Riveted)
699 Series (899 Riveted)
812 Series (912 Riveted)
1690 Series
2590 Series
2690 Series
General Information - Double Row
100/670A GP Series
200/671 GP Series
200 HB Series
300/672 GP Series
400 Series
410 GP Series
600 GP Series
600A GP Series (800A Riveted)
601 GP Series (801 Riveted)
602 GP Series (802 Riveted)
603 GP Series
68
69
70
71
72
73 - 74
75
76 - 77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
1
Table of Contents
Single and Double Row Terminal Blocks (con’t)
604 GP Series
605 GP Series
621 RZ Series
670A RZ Series
671 RZ Series
672 RZ Series
90
91
92
93
94
95
Terminal Block Accessories
General Information Kliptite/Quick Connect
Single Row Kliptite/Quick Connect
Double Row Kliptite/Quick Connect
Solder Terminals (ST & 3/4 ST)
Solder Terminals (Y, YSY, Z)
J, RJ, RJS Jumpers, Wire Clamp, Straddle Plate
Fanning Strips
Stud & Turret Terminal Blocks
Top Mounted Covers
Sub Mounted Marking Strips
Top Mounted Marking Strips
Kulka® Marking and Insulator Strips
Kulka® Single Row Marking Strip Dimensions
Kulka® Double Row Marking Strip Dimensions
Marking Styles
Terminal Block Printing
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
Sectional Terminal Blocks
General Information
3/8" Sectional Blocks - NEW
1/2" Sectional Block
11/16" Sectional Fuse Holder
112
113 - 117
118 - 119
120
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
General Information
MIK3
MIK5
MIK10
MIK16
MIK25
DIN Rail Disconnect - MIKTS4
Fuse Terminal Block - MIKSI5
MIKE4
MIKE10
MIKE16
DIN Accessories
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
128
128
128
129
Military and Navy Class Terminal Blocks
General Information - Military Class
37TB B & 40TB B Series
37TB F & 38TB F Series
39TB F & 40 TB F Series
41TB F & 42TB F Series
LD, LS Options
General Information - Navy Class
3TB, 4TB, 5TB, 6TB Series
7TB, 8TB, 9TB, 10TB, 11TB Series
15TB, 16TB, 17TB, 25TB, 26TB Series
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
Studded Power Feed Thru Terminal Blocks
General Information - ST722 Family/Cover
ST722B Series (back mount)
ST722S Series (slide-in mount)
ST722E Series (end mount)
ST715S1902
ST723B38 Series
140
141
142
143
144
145
Single Stud Connection Block
145
Index
146 - 147
Terms and Conditions
148 - 149
Warnings and Cautions
150
2
General Information
Marathon Special Products, a Regal Beloit Company, has served the electrical/electronic component industry for over 70 years.
Our facility in Bowling Green, Ohio contains all manufacturing and warehousing operations including an extensive electrical test
lab.
We offer a broad range of fuse holders and terminal blocks, including Kulka® terminal blocks. In addition, we have the
expertise to design and manufacture non-standard products for specific customer applications.
On February 1, 1994, Marathon Special Products was registered to ISO standards. We are currently registered to ISO
9001:2000 quality standards.
Marathon Special Products also offers a line of DIN sectional terminal blocks.
Agency Approvals:
The majority of products manufactured by Marathon Special Products are Underwriters Laboratories and Canadian Standards
Association approved.
The approval status of products can be found throughout the catalog. Below are the different approval forms and brief
descriptions.
UL
Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, products are qualified for use in equipment without end-use
agency approval when applied within products rated performance.
UR
Recognized by Underwriters Laboratories, suitable for use only in end-use equipment where
Underwriters Laboratories determine acceptability of the combination.
CSA
Certified by Canadian Standards Association, suitable for use in other equipment where Canadian
Standards Association determines the suitability of the combination.
Compliance with European Union Low Voltage Directive.
Tightening Torque:
Recommended tightening torque is listed for all products, either on the carton label or the product label. All torque
recommendations are based on UL 486. In some cases, because of various connector designs, our recommended torque is
different from the torque tables shown in UL 486. However, these products passed the heating cycling and static heating tests
as specified in UL 486.
Wire Ampacity:
The ampacity of a wire is its current carrying capacity with reference to the cross sectional area of the conductor(s), the
temperature rating of the insulation and ambient temperature.
Marathon specified wire ranges are based on UL approved tests using 75°C wire. Wires with temperature ratings other than
75°C are approved while observing NEC Article 310 wire tables for allowable ampacities of insulated conductors. Marathon voltage and amperage ratings remain constant and are independent of the temperature rating of the wire used in application. Wire
gauges and type must remain within the Marathon specified ranges to be UL approved. However, UL approval for higher currents may be obtained in some end-use applications.
3
General Information
Wire Chart:
Stranded wire sizes and ampacity for 75°C copper wire.
Tolerances for Catalog Dimensions:
Length Dimensions
Tolerance
All Other Dimensions
Tolerance
1.0”-5.0”
5.1”-10.0”
10.1”-15.0”
± .030
± .050
± .060
X.X”
X.XX”
X.XXX”
± .030
± .020
± .010
Note: Catalog Dimensions are for Guidance only and are not to be construed as inspection standards.
This catalog is intended to present product data that will help the end user with design application. Since changes to products
occur, it is recommended that the end user request samples for evaluation. Marathon Special Products reserves the right to
change or update without notice. Please visit www.marathonsp.com for the most up-to-date product information.
4
Wire Connectors Investigated for
Flexible Stranded Wire
Flex Wire
Specifications:
•
Screw-type mechanical pressure wire
connectors investigated to UL 486A-B for flexible
stranded wire
•
UL 508A (Industrial Control Panels), Section
29.3.11
Affected Standards:
•
UL 486A-486B (Wire Connectors Standard)
•
UL 508A (Industrial Control Panels Standard)
•
UL 1059 (Terminal Block Standard)
•
NEC (National Electric Code) 110.3 (A)7 and (B)
•
NEC 690 (in 2008)
Until now, to be UL and NEC compliant while using flexible stranded wire, it was necessary to use crimp-type ring lugs
investigated for flexible stranded wire. By using Marathon’s UL 486A-B investigated screw-type pressure connectors in
place of crimp lugs, you can save up to 66% of termination costs in material and labor.
Marathon’s wire approvals, in addition to Classes B and C,
now include stranding Classes G, H, I and K. The photo shows
two distinctly different stranding classes, both 250 kcmil. The
wire on the left, Class B, has 61 strands. The wire on the
right, Class K, has approximately 2499 strands. A table
providing information on wire sizes, Classes and strand count
can be found on the reverse side.
29.3.11 Flexible conductors, including welding cable and machine tool wire identified as “Flexing” or “Class K”, shall be retained by terminals that
have been evaluated to the Standard for Wire Connectors, UL 486A-486B for the size and type of conductors involved.
Added 29.3.11 effective March 1, 2007
For specific rating information visit our website “www.marathonsp.com” and click to view product data sheets.
5
Copper Stranded Wire Classes
Flex Wire
AWG/kcmil
Rigid Stranded
CSA
Compact
Flexible Stranded
Class
B
Class
C
Class
G
Wire
Gauge
Number of Number of Number of
Strands
Strands
Strands
20 AWG
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
1,000 kcmil
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
19
19
19
19
19
37
37
37
37
37
37
61
61
7
7
7
7
19
19
19
19
19
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
Class
I
Class
K
Number of Number of Number of Number of
Strands*
Strands*
Strands*
Strands*
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
37
37
37
37
37
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
mm
Class
H
49
49
49
49
133
133
133
133
133
259
259
259
259
259
427
427
427
133
133
133
133
259
259
259
259
259
427
427
427
427
427
427
427
427
19
19
27
41
63
105
161
210
266
342
418
532
637
735
882
980
1225
1470
1850
2527
10
16
26
41
65
104
168
266
420
665
836
1064
1323
1666
2107
2499
2989
3458
3990
5054
6065
7581
10101
Wire
Gauge
20 AWG
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
1,000 kcmil
2
Rigid
Flexible
Class
2
Class
5
Wire
Gauge
Number
of Strands
Number of
Strands*
Wire
Gauge
.50 mm2
0.75
1.50
2.50
4
6
10
16
25
35
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
16
24
30
50
56
84
80
128
200
280
.50 mm2
0.75
1.50
2.50
4
6
10
16
25
35
50
70
95
19
19
19
400
356
485
50
70
95
120
150
185
37
37
37
614
765
765
120
150
185
240
300
61
61
1225
1530
240
300
6
*Specific quantity of strands for Classes
G, H, I, K and 5 vary by manufacturer.
For additional information on copper
stranded wire classes and approvals on
Marathon products go to
www.marathonsp.com
Fuse Holders
Marathon has been manufacturing quality fuse holders for over 40 years. The key word is quality. It is
incorporated into every Marathon Fuse holder, right along with design.
The product line includes a broad range of holders to accommodate the following fuses: Class H, K, R, T,
J, CC, G, CD, M (Miscellaneous) and Semi-Conductor holders.
The majority of these fuse holders are available in 250 and 600 volts at current ratings from 30 through 600
Amperes.
The Class R, T, J, CD, CC and Semi-Conductor fuse holders have passed 200,000 ampere high current
interrupt testing in accordance with UL 512, the fuse holder Standard.
Class R and CC fuse holders have a rejection feature, which prevents the insertion of a fuse with lower
interrupting rating. Class T and J fuse holders prevent the use of fuses with lower interrupting rating
because of their unique size.
Fuse Clips:
Marathon’s 30 and 60 Amp fuse holders are equipped with the patented “Cool-Clip®” design. The heat
generated in a fuse clip can actually reduce the life of the fuse, the clip and the conductor, as well as the protection power of the fusing device. No longer is it necessary for heat build-up to rob equipment of
protection and extended life.
Reinforcing members are available for most Marathon fuse holders and are recommended for use where an
improved performance is desired or more severe conditions exist. They are recommended for electric heat
or where high ambient temperatures are present.
To comply
•
•
•
with Automotive Industry Standard ET-2 use the following options:
Class H Holder with Reinforcing Member
30 Amp use SP Connectors or Copper Box Connectors
60 Amp use Copper Box Connectors
7
Fuse Holders
General Information:
Fuse Holders
Fuse Holders
Wire Connectors:
Marathon fuse holders are available with five types of wire connectors.
S — Screw Connector
An economical connector for use with a wire, or either a ring or spade type terminal. Screw is #10-32 steel.
SQ – Screw Connector w/Quick Connects
Same as screw connector with additional quick connect options.
SP — Sems Pressure Connector
A positive pressure connector eliminating the need for a wire terminal. Ideal for use where there is a vibration problem. Sems
pressure screw is #10-32 steel.
SPQ – Sems Pressure Connector w/Quick Connects
Same as Sems connector with additional quick connect options.
B — Box Connector
Suitable for use with stranded or solid wire. Connector is aluminum tin plated.
Copper Box Connectors are available on 30 and 60 amp fuse holders. Add CU after the catalog number.
Wire Ranges:
All wire ranges shown in the fuse holder section are the ranges of the wire that the connector will accept or that is
recommended for the fuse holder assembly.
Ordering Code:
Reinforcing
Member
R
Amp
Rating
F
Connector
Style
30A
3
Designates Class H
Fuse Holder
F = 250 Volt Rating
6F = 600 Volt Rating
# of Poles
B
CU
Copper Box
Connector
(Optional)
Applications:
Marathon fuse holders can be used in various applications, including control panels, lighting and heating circuits, motor circuits,
circuit breaker protection, switchgear equipment, appliances, electric heat, air conditioning and refrigeration equipment,
elevator systems and transformer protection.
8
Class H & K Fuse Holders - 250 Volt
Fuse Holders
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
Are Approved for 10,000 Amp
Withstand Rating
Patented Cool-Clip® Design
UL Listed File No. IZLT.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
30 & 60 Amp:
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated, with reject pin
100 Amp:
200 Amp:
•
Clip, One Piece Aluminum, Tin Plated
400 & 600 Amp:
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated
Catalog#:
Std.
Reinforced
Poles
F30A1S
F30A2S
F30A3S
F30A1SP
F30A2SP
F30A3SP
F30A1B
F30A2B
F30A3B
F60A1SQ*
F60A2SQ*
F60A3SQ*
F60A1B
F60A2B
F60A3B
RF100A1B
RF100A2B
RF100A3B
F200A1BE
F200A3BE
RF400A1B
RF400A3B
F600A1B
F600A3B
RF30A1S
RF30A2S
RF30A3S
RF30A1SP
RF30A2SP
RF30A3SP
RF30A1B
RF30A2B
RF30A3B
RF60A1SQ*
RF60A2SQ*
RF60A3SQ*
RF60A1B
RF60A2B
RF60A3B
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
SAME
N/A
Amp
Base
Materials
Wire
Range
Fuse
Size
Fuses
#10-#22 AWG CU
30
#10-#14 AWG CU
Thermoplastic
9/16” DIA BY 2”
#6-#14 AWG CU
#10-#22 AWG CU
60
13/16” DIA BY 3”
#2-#14 AWG CU
#2-#12 AWG AL
100
Phenolic
200
Polyester
400
Phenolic
600
#2/0-#14 AWG CU
#2/0-#12 AWG AL
1” DIA BY 5 7/8”
250 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
(2) 350 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
(2) 500 kcmil #4 AWG CU AL
1 1/2” DIA BY
7 1/8”
2 13/32” DIA BY
8 5/8”
2 29/32” DIA BY
10 3/8”
*UL Recognized File No. IZLT2.E35113
Contact Factory for Stud Options - see pages 15-17 for dimensional information
See page 37 for available covers
See page 39 for DIN Rail Adapter
9
A2Y
CRN
NLN
NON
NRN
OT
OTN
RLN
RF
Fuse Holders
Class H & K Fuse Holders - 600 Volt
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
Are Approved for 10,000 Amp
Withstand Rating
Patented Cool-Clip® Design
UL Listed File No. IZLT.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
30 & 60 Amp:
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated
100 Amp:
200 Amp:
•
Clip, One Piece Aluminum, Tin Plated
400 & 600 Amp:
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated
Catalog#:
Std.
Reinforced
Poles
6F30A1S
6F30A2S
6F30A3S
6F30A1SP
6F30A2SP
6F30A3SP
6F30A1B
6F30A2B
6F30A3B
6F60A1B
6F60A2B
6F60A3B
R6F100A1B
R6F100A2B
R6F100A3B
6F200A1BE
6F200A3BE
R6F400A1B
R6F400A3B
6F600A1B
6F600A3B
R6F30A1S
R6F30A2S
R6F30A3S
R6F30A1SP
R6F30A2SP
R6F30A3SP
R6F30A1B
R6F30A2B
R6F30A3B
R6F60A1B
R6F60A2B
R6F60A3B
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
SAME
N/A
Amp
Base
Materials
Wire
Range
Fuse
Size
Fuses
#10-#22 AWG CU
30
#10-#14 AWG CU
Phenolic
13/16” DIA BY 5”
#6-#14 AWG CU
60
#2-#14 AWG CU
#2-#12 AWG AL
1 1/16” DIA BY
5 1/2”
100
#2/0-#14 AWG CU
#2/0-#12 AWG AL
1 11/32” DIA BY
7 7/8”
250 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
(2) 350 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
(2) 500 kcmil #4 AWG CU AL
1 3/4” DIA BY
9 5/8”
2 29/32” DIA BY
11 5/8”
3 7/16” DIA BY
13 3/8”
200
Polyester
400
Phenolic
600
Contact Factory for Stud Options - see pages 15-17 for dimensional information
See page 37 for available covers
10
A6Y
CRS
NLS
NOS
NRS
OTS
RES
RFS
RLS
Class H & K Fuse Panels
Fuse Holders
30 and 60 Amp-250 Volt
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
Patented Cool-Clip® Design
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated
Reinforcing Member Available
Bus Bars are Available with #2/0 - #14 AWG
or 250 kcmil - #6 Wire Ranges
Consult Factory for Special Requirements
UL Recognized File No. IZLT2.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
Ordering Code:
Reinforcing Member
Class H Fuse Distribution Panels
Number of Poles 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6
R
0
1
2
3
=
=
=
=
H
4
0
B
2
L
Entry of Bus Bar
(Only if Bused)
F-Front L-Lateral
Amp Rating of Poles
60 Amps All Poles
30 Amps All Poles
30,60 Any Combination
30, 60, 60 Any Combination
Line Terminations
Code Same As Load Termination.
Omit if line Termination is Same as
Load (S, B, P, Q or C).
OR
1
2
3
4
Load Termination
S = Wire Binding Screw
B = Box Connector #2 - 14 CU
#6 - 14 CU
P = SEMS Pressure Screw
Q = .250 Male Quick Connect
C = Combination of the Above
(consult factory)
11
=
=
=
=
Busing Arrangements
Special Busing (consult factory)
Poles Bused by Pairs
Poles Bused by Threes
Poles Bused by Fours
Fuse Holders
Class H & K Fuse Panels (Cont.)
30 and 60 Amp-250 Volt
Poles
No.
Dimensions (IN)
L
(MM)
Poles
No.
Dimensions (IN)
L
(MM)
2
3
4
2.50
3.75
5.00
63.5
95.25
127.0
5
6
6.25
7.50
158.8
190.5
Fuse Distribution Panel Options
Circle/Indicate one item per pole and
number of poles. The items to be indicated
are within the rectangles.
Bussing is only available on line side.
If bussing, indicate lug size 2/0 or 250 kcmil
(F = Front entry, L = Lateral entry)
Consult factory for other modifications.
12
Dimensions
(IN)
(MM)
Class R Fuse Holders - 250 Volt
Fuse Holders
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
Have Been Tested & Approved for 200,000
Amp Withstand Rating
Patented Cool-Clip® Design
UL Listed File No. IZLT.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
30 & 60 Amp:
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated,
with Patented Reject Member
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated, with Reject Pin
100 Amp:
200 Amp:
•
Clip, One Piece Aluminum, Tin Plated, with Reject Pin
400 & 600 Amp:
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated, with Reject Pin
Catalog#:
Std.
R30A1S
R30A2S
R30A3S
R30A1SP
R30A2SP
R30A3SP
R30A1B
R30A2B
R30A3B
R60A1SQ*
R60A2SQ*
R60A3SQ*
R60A1B
R60A2B
R60A3B
R100A1B
R100A2B
R100A3B
R200A1BE
R200A3BE
R400A1B
R400A3B
R600A1B
R600A3B
Reinforced
SAME
N/A
Poles
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
Amp
Base
Materials
Wire
Range
Fuse
Size
Fuses
#10-#22 AWG CU
30
Thermoplastic
#10-#14 AWG CU
9/16” DIA BY 2”
#6-#14 AWG CU
#10-#22 AWG CU
60
Thermoplastic
13/16” DIA BY 3”
#2-#14 AWG CU
#2-#12 AWG AL
100
Phenolic
200
Polyester
400
Phenolic
600
#2/0-#14 AWG CU
#2/0-#12 AWG AL
1” DIA BY 5 7/8”
250 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
(2) 350 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
(2) 500 kcmil #4 AWG CU AL
1 1/2” DIA BY
7 1/8”
2 13/32” DIA BY
8 5/8”
2 29/32” DIA BY
10 3/8”
*UL Recognized File No. IZLT2.E35113
Contact Factory for Stud Options - see pages 15-17 for dimensional information
See page 37 for available covers
See page 39 for DIN Rail Adapter
13
A2D-R
A2K-R
DLN-R
FLNR
FRN-R
KLNR
KTS-R
LLNRK
LPN-RK
TLN
TR-R
Fuse Holders
Class R Fuse Holders - 600 Volt
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
Have Been Tested & Approved for 200,000
Amp Withstand Rating
Patented Cool-Clip® Design
UL Listed File No. IZLT.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
30 & 60 Amp:
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated,
with Patented Reject Member
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated, with Reject Pin
100 Amp:
200 Amp:
•
Clip, One Piece Aluminum, Tin Plated, with Reject Pin
400 & 600 Amp:
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated, with Reject Pin
Catalog#:
Std.
6R30A1S
6R30A2S
6R30A3S
6R30A1SP
6R30A2SP
6R30A3SP
6R30A1B
6R30A2B
6R30A3B
6R60A1B
6R60A2B
6R60A3B
6R100A1B
6R100A2B
6R100A3B
6R200A1BE
6R200A3BE
6R400A1B
6R400A3B
6R600A1B
6R600A3B
Reinforced
SAME
N/A
Poles
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
Amp
Base
Materials
Wire
Range
Fuse
Size
Fuses
#10-#22 AWG CU
30
Phenolic
#10-#14 AWG CU
13/16” DIA BY 5”
#6-#14 AWG CU
60
#2-#14 AWG CU
#2-#12 AWG AL
1 1/16”
DIA BY
5 1/2”
#2/0-#14 AWG CU
#2/0-#12 AWG AL
1 11/32” DIA BY
7 7/8”
250 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
(2) 350 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
(2) 500 kcmil #4 AWG CU AL
1 3/4” DIA BY
9 5/8”
2 29/32” DIA BY
11 5/8”
3 7/16” DIA BY
13 3/8”
Phenolic
100
200
Polyester
400
Phenolic
600
Contact Factory for Stud Options - see pages 15-17 for dimensional information
See page 37 for available covers
14
A6D-R
A6K-R
DLS-R
FLSR
FLSR_ID
FRS-R
IDSR
KLSR
KTS-R
LLSRK
LLSRK_ID
LPS-RK
TRS-R
Class H, K and R Fuse Holder Dimensions
RF100A
R100A
F200A
R200A
RF400A
R400A
F600A
R600A
6F30A
R6F30A
6R30A
6F60A
R6F60A
6R60A
R6F100A
6R100A
6F200A
6R200A
R6F400A
6R400A
6F600A
6R600A
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
.218 DIA THRU
.40 DIA X. 63 C’BORE
.11
.28 DIA THRU
.53 DIA X .59 C’BORE
.28 DIA THRU
N/A
.63 DIA X .38 C’BORE
.28 DIA THRU
5/16 HEX
.56 DIA X .44 C’BORE
.28 DIA THRU
3/8 HEX
.56 DIA X .44 C’BORE
.34
.28 DIA THRU
N/A
.50 DIA X .44 C’BORE
N/A
.36
SEE FIGURE #1
FIG 2
4.83
FIG 2
6.12
FIG 4
7.13
FIG 5
11.5
FIG 5
14.00
FIG 3
6.25
FIG 3
6.75
FIG 3
8.12
FIG 4
9.63
FIG 5
14.50
FIG 5
17.0
1.48
2.86
4.23
1.93
3.49
5.05
3.00
9.00
3.5
10.5
4.5
12.5
1.63
2.94
4.25
1.95
3.51
5.08
2.1
3.91
5.73
3.00
9.00
3.50
10.50
4.50
12.50
2.01
1.24
1.8
.50
.49
1.33
N/A
N/A
2.44
2.37
1.87
.62
.61
1.56
N/A
N/A
3.01
3.00
2.06
2.00
.50
8.00
N/A
3.31
4.00
3.75
.62
N/A
N/A
4.31
5.00
4.50
.75
N/A
N/A
1.69
3.13
1.56
.62
.51
.38
.25
2.12
3.12
1.81
N/A
.62
.66
2.60
4.26
1.94
N/A
.87
.61
N/A
1.56
3.13
N/A
1.56
3.12
N/A
1.81
3.62
3.01
3.00
3.31
2.00
.5
8.00
N/A
3.31
7.00
3.75
.62
N/A
N/A
4.31
8.00
4.50
.75
N/A
N/A
2.25
9.25
3.00
11.00
.31
N/A
N/A
2.25
9.25
3.00
11.00
MM = Dim X 25.4
1 Pole
2 Pole
3 Pole
Figure 1:
15
.26
.19
.19
.25
N/A
.28 DIA THRU
.50 DIA X .50 C’BORE
.33
N/A
.28 DIA THRU
.59 DIA X .64 C’BORE
.23
.33 DIA THRU
.73 DIA X .44 C’BORE
.28 DIA THRU
5/16 HEX
.56 DIA X .44 C’BORE
.28 DIA THRU
3/8 HEX
.56 DIA X .44 C’BORE
N/A
.26
.19
.19
Fuse Holders
Figure
F30A
RF30A
R30A
F60A
RF60A
R60A
Fuse Holders
Class H, K and R Fuse Holder Dimensions
1 Pole
2 Pole
3 Pole
Figure 2:
1 Pole
2 Pole
3 Pole
Figure 3:
16
Class H, K and R Fuse Holder Dimensions
Fuse Holders
1 Pole
3 Pole
Figure 4:
1 Pole
3 Pole
Figure 5:
17
Fuse Holders
Class T Fuse Holders - 300 Volt
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
Have Been Tested & Approved for
200,000 Amp Withstand Rating
Patented Cool-Clip® Design
UL Listed File No. IZLT.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
30 & 60 Amp:
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated, with Patented
Reject Member
100 Amp:
•
•
Connector, One Piece Aluminum with
Integral Heat Sink, Tin Plated Bolt
1/4”-20 X 1/2”, 1/4” Belleville Washer
200 Amp:
•
Connector, One Piece Aluminum with
Integral Heat Sink, Tin Plated Bolt,
5/16”-18 X 3/4” Hex Head, 5/16” Belleville
Washer
400 & 600 Amp:
•
Connector, One Piece Aluminum with
Integral Heat Sink, Tin Plated Bolt,
3/8”-16 X 3/4” Hex Head
Catalog#:
Std.
Reinforced
Poles
T30A2B
T30A3B
T60A2B
T60A3B
T100A1B
T100A3B
T200A1B
T200A3B
RT30A2B
RT30A3B
RT60A2B
RT60A3B
2
3
2
3
1
3
1
3
N/A
T400A1B
Amp
Base
Materials
30
#2-#14 AWG CU
#2-#12 AWG AL
60
100
Phenolic
200
400
1
T600A1B
Wire
Range
600
See pages 20-22 for dimensional information
18
#2/0-#14 AWG CU
#2/0-#12 AWG AL
250 kcmil
#6 AWG CU AL
(2) 250 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
(2) 500 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
Fuse
Size
13/32” DIA BY
7/8”
9/16” DIA BY
7/8”
13/16” DIA BY
2 5/32”
1 1/16” DIA BY
2 7/16”
1 11/32” DIA BY
2 3/4”
1 39/64” DIA BY
3 1/16”
Fuses
A3T
JJN
JLLN
Class T Fuse Holders - 600 Volt
Fuse Holders
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
Have Been Tested & Approved for
200,000 Amp Withstand Rating
Patented Cool-Clip® Design
UL Listed File No. IZLT.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
30 & 60 Amp:
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated
100 amp shown
100 Amp:
•
•
•
Connector, One Piece Aluminum with
Integral Heat Sink, Tin Plated Bolt
1/4”-20 X 1/2” Bolt
1/4” Belleville Washer
400 & 600 Amp:
200 Amp:
•
•
•
Connector, One Piece Aluminum with
Integral Heat Sink, Tin Plated Bolt
5/16”-18 X 3/4” Hex Head
5/16” Belleville Washer
•
•
•
Connector, One Piece Aluminum with
Integral Heat Sink, Tin Plated Bolt
3/8”-16 X 3/4” Hex Head
3/8” Belleville Washer
Catalog#:
Std.
Reinforced
Poles
6T30A2S
6T30A3S
6T30A2SP
6T30A3SP
6T30A2B
6T30A3B
R6T60A2B
R6T60A3B
6T100A1B
6T100A3B
6T200A1B
6T200A3B
R6T30A2S
R6T30A3S
R6T30A2SP
R6T30A3SP
R6T30A2B
R6T30A3B
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
1
3
1
3
SAME
N/A
6T400A1B
Amp
Base
Materials
Fuse
Size
Fuses
#10-#22 AWG CU
30
#10-#14 AWG CU
#2-#14 AWG CU
#2-#12 AWG AL
60
Phenolic
100
200
400
1
6T600A1B
Wire
Range
600
See pages 20-22 for dimensional information
19
#2/0-#14 AWG CU
#2/0-#12 AWG AL
250 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
(2) 250 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
(2) 500 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
9/16” DIA BY
1 1/2”
13/16” DIA BY
1 9/16”
13/16” DIA BY
2 61/64”
1 1/16” DIA BY
3 1/4”
1 39/64” DIA BY
3 5/8”
2 5/64” DIA BY
3 63/64”
A6T
JJS
JLLS
Fuse Holders
Class T Fuse Holder Dimensions
T30A
RT30A
T60A
RT60A
T100A
T200A
2
3
2
3
1
3
1
3
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
Figure
A
B
FIG 1
1.12
SEE FIGURE #1
FIG 1
1.28
SEE FIGURE #1
FIG 2
5.25
FIG 2
7.00
1.37
4.12
1.50
4.50
C
D
E
F
1.87
4.50
0.38
0.69
2.25
6.25
0.38
0.75
G
N/A
2.75
N/A
3.00
H
I
0.20 THRU
0.37 X .44 C’BORE
0.28 THRU
0.50 X .44 C’BORE
0.28 THRU
0.50 X .44 C’BORE
0.28 THRU
0.50 X .44 C’BORE
3/16
HEX
5/16
HEX
T400A
1 POLE
FIG 3
8.12
2.25
2.37
7.37
0.38
1.12
N/A
T600A
1 POLE
FIG 4
8.75
2.75
2.62
8.06
0.34
0.38
2.00
FIG 5
1.28
SEE FIGURE #5
FIG 5
1.74
SEE FIGURE #5
FIG 2
6.06
FIG 2
7.75
6T400A 1 POLE
FIG 3
9.00
6T600A 1 POLE
FIG 4
9.75
6T30A 2 POLE
R6T30A 3 POLE
2 POLE
R6T60A
3 POLE
1 POLE
6T100A
3 POLE
1 POLE
6T200A
3 POLE
1.37
4.12
1.50
4.50
N/A
2.75
N/A
3.00
1.87
5.31
0.38
0.69
2.25
7.00
0.38
0.75
2.25
2.37
8.25
0.38
1.12
N/A
2.75
2.62
9.00
0.38
0.38
2.00
MM = Dim X 25.4
20
0.20 THRU
0.37 X .44 C’BORE
0.28 THRU
0.50 X .44 C’BORE
0.28 THRU
0.50 X .44 C’BORE
0.28 THRU
0.50 X .44 C’BORE
J
0.19
0.19
N/A
0.19
N/A
0.19
3/16
HEX
5/16
HEX
0.19
0.19
N/A
0.19
N/A
0.19
Class T Fuse Holder Dimensions
Fuse Holders
2 Pole
3 Pole
Figure 1:
1 Pole
3 Pole
Figure 2:
21
Fuse Holders
Class T Fuse Holder Dimensions
Figure 3:
Figure 4:
2 Pole
3 Pole
Figure 5:
22
Class J Fuse Holders - 600 Volt
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
Have Been Tested & Approved for
200,000 Amp Withstand Rating
Patented Cool-Clip® Design
UL Listed File No. IZLT.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
Fuse Holders
•
30 & 60 Amp:
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated
•
•
Integral DIN Rail Mount
Expander Block
30 Amp:
100 Amp:
•
•
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated
1-pole molding incorporates a dovetail feature
for ganging multiple poles
200 Amp:
•
•
Connector, One Piece Aluminum, Tin Plated
(optional one piece copper, nickel plated add “CU”) - consult factory
FBD, Fuse Bolt-Down Construction
400 and 600 Amp:
•
•
Connector, One Piece Aluminum, Tin Plated
(optional one piece copper, nickel plated add “CU”) - consult factory
FBD, Fuse Bolt-Down Construction
Catalog#:
Std.
Reinforced
Poles
6J30A1S
6J30A2S
6J30A3S
6J30AES
6J30A1SP
6J30A2SP
6J30A3SP
6J30AESP
6J30A1B
6J30A2B
6J30A3B
6J30AEB
6J60A1B
6J60A2B
6J60A3B
R6J100A1B
R6J100A3B
6J200A1BFBD
6J200A3BFBD
R6J30A1S
R6J30A2S
R6J30A3S
R6J30AES
R6J30A1SP
R6J30A2SP
R6J30A3SP
R6J30AESP
R6J30A1B
R6J30A2B
R6J30A3B
R6J30AEB
R6J60A1B
R6J60A2B
R6J60A3B
1
2
3
Expander
1
2
3
Expander
1
2
3
Expander
1
2
3
1
3
1
3
6J400A1BFBD
6J400A3BFBD
SAME
6J600A1BFBD
6J600A3BFBD
Amp
Base
Materials
Wire
Range
Fuse
Size
Fuses
#10-#22 AWG CU
30
#10-#14 AWG CU
13/16” DIA BY 2 1/4”
Thermoplastic
#6-#14 AWG CU
60
#2-#14 AWG CU AL 1 1/16” DIA BY 2 3/8”
100
200
1
3
400
1
3
600
Phenolic
#2/0-#14 AWG CU
#2/0-#12 AWG AL
250 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
(1) 350 kcmil #6 AWG CU AL
(1) 600 kcmil #2 AWG CU AL
(2) 500 kcmil #4 AWG CU AL
Contact Factory for Stud Options - see pages 30-32 for dimensional information
Fuse Mounting hardware supplied with fuse holder.
See page 37 for available covers
23
1 1/8” DIA BY 4 5/8”
1 5/8” DIA BY 5 3/4”
2 1/8” DIA BY 7 1/8”
2 5/8” DIA BY 8”
A4J
AJT
JKS
JLS
JTD
JTD_ID
LPJ
Fuse Holders
M Fuse Holders - 600 Volt
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Have Been Tested & Approved for
100,000 Amp Withstand Rating
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated
Quick Connect Standard with Screw (S) or
Sems Pressure (SP)
UL Recognized File No. IZLT2.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
Catalog#:
Std.
6M30A1SQ
6M30A2SQ
6M30A3SQ
6M30A1SPQ
6M30A2SPQ
6M30A3SPQ
6M30A1B
6M30A2B
6M30A3B
6M30A1BCU
6M30A2BCU
6M30A3BCU
Reinforced
Poles
N/A
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Amp
Base
Materials
Wire
Range
Fuse
Size
#10-#22 AWG CU
#10-#14 AWG CU
30
Thermoplastic
#6-#14 AWG CU
See page 30 for dimensional information
See page 37 for available covers
See page 39 for DIN Rail Adapter
24
13/32” DIA BY
1 1/2”
Fuses
A13X-2, A25Z-2,
A60Q-2, A6Y-2B,
AGU, ATM,
ATQ, BAF,
BAN, BLF,
BLN, BLS,
FLA, FLM,
FLQ, FNM,
FNQ, GFN,
GGO, KLK,
KLKD, KLQ,
KTK, OTM, TRM
Midget Enclosed Fuse Holders - 600 Volt
Fuse Holders
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Catalog#
6SM30A1
6SM30A2
6SM30A3
6SM30A4
6SM30A1l
6SM30A2l
6SM30A3l
6SM30A4l
Has Been Tested & Approved for
100,000 Amp Withstand Rating
Touchsafe Design IEC Type IP20
DIN Rail Mount (35mm)
Blown Fuse Indication Available
Handle Allows Quick Easy Fuse Change
AC & DC Rated
Indication light AC and DC - 80 volts minimum
UL Recognized File No. IZLT2.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
Indicating
No
Yes
Poles
Amp
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
30
Dimensions
mm
Inches
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
17.8
35.6
53.3
71.1
43.2
61.0
9.90
78.2
0.70
1.40
2.10
2.80
1.70
2.35
0.48
3.04
Base Material
Thermoplastic
Wire Range
Fuse Size
#6 - #14 AWG CU 13/32” DIA BY 1 1/2”
Pin kit (used for ganging multiple poles)
Catalog Description
EFH-MCCK
- includes 10 handle pins and 20 body clips
*use one handle pin and two body clips per pole
25
Fuses
A13X-2, A25Z-2, A60Q-2,
A6Y-2B, AGU, ATM,
ATQ, BAF, BAN,
BLF, BLN, BLS,
FLA, FLM, FLQ,
FNM, FNQ, GFN,
GGO, KLK, KLKD,
KLQ, KTK, OTM, TRM
Fuse Holders
Midget Fuse Holders - 600 Volt
30 Amp
Sectional Version
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Approved for 10,000 Amp Withstand Rating
Base, White Nylon, 105°C Connector, Box
Type, Accepts up to #10 AWG Wire, either
Terminated or Non-Terminated
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated
UL Recognized File No. IZLT2.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
Catalog#
Description
6W30A1F
6W30A1C
6WE-F
6WE-C
MC
MPC-6
MPC-3
Flat Mount
Channel Mount
End Piece-Flat
End Piece-Channel
Channel Clamp
6 Foot Channel
3 Foot Channel
1/8” Diameter X 2”
Long Nylon Rod
GR-2
Std. Pack
10
25
-
Wire Range
Fuse Size
Fuses
A13X-2, A25Z-2, A60Q-2,
A6Y-2B, AGN, ATM,
ATQ, BAF, BAN,
#10-#14 AWG 13/32” DIA BY
BLF, BLN, BLS,
CU Stranded
1 1/2” LONG
FLA, FLM, FLQ,
FNM, FNQ, GFN,
GGO, KLK, KLKD,
KLQ, KTK, OTM, TRM
Flat Mount
L = 0.88 + (0.68 X N)
C = 0.48 + (0.68 X N)
N = No. of Poles
Channel Dimensions
LCH = L + 2.25
26
CC Fuse Holders - 600 Volt
Fuse Holders
Specifications:
30 Amp:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Have Been Tested & Approved for
200,000 Amp Withstand Rating
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated with Patented
Reject Member
Quick Connect Standard with Screw (S)
or Sems Pressure (SP)
UL Listed File No. IZLT.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
60 Amp:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Have Been Tested & Approved for
200,000 Amp Interrupting Capacity
Patented Cool-Clip® Design
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated
Integral DIN Rail Mount
Expander Block Available
UL Listed File No. IZLT2.E35113, Class CD
CSA Certified File No. LR21455-91
Catalog#:
Std.
6CC30A1SQ
6CC30A2SQ
6CC30A3SQ
6CC30A1SPQ
6CC30A2SPQ
6CC30A3SPQ
6CC30A1B
6CC30A2B
6CC30A3B
6CC30A1BCU
6CC30A2BCU
6CC30A3BCU
R6CC60A1B
R6CC60A2B
R6CC60A3B
R6CC60AEB
Reinforced
N/A
SAME
Poles
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
EXPANDER
Amp
Base
Materials
Wire
Range
Fuse
Size
Fuses
#10-#22 AWG CU
#10-#14 AWG CU
13/32” DIA BY
1 1/2”
30
Thermoplastic
#6-#14 AWG CU
#2-#14 AWG CU
#2-#12 AWG AL
60
See page 30 for dimensional information
See page 37 for available covers
See page 39 for DIN Rail Adapter
27
0.70” DIA BY
1.85”
ATDR
ATMR
ATQR
CCMR
FRQ-R
KLDR
KLKR
KTK-R
LP-CC
Fuse Holders
Class CC Enclosed Fuse Holders - 600 Volt
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Have Been Tested & Approved for
200,000 Amp Withstand Rating
Touchsafe Design IEC Type IP20
DIN Rail Mount (35mm)
Blown Fuse Indication Available
Handle Allows Quick Easy Fuse Change
Indication light AC and DC - 80 volts minimum
UL Listed File No. IZLT2.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
Catalog #
Indicating
6SC30A1
6SC30A2
6SC30A3
6SC30A4
6SC30A1l
6SC30A2l
6SC30A3l
6SC30A4l
Poles
Amp
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
NO
YES
30
Dimensions
mm
inches
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
17.8
35.6
53.3
71.1
43.2
61.0
9.90
78.2
0.70
1.40
2.10
2.80
1.70
2.35
0.48
3.04
Base
Materials
Thermoplastic
Pin kit (used for ganging multiple poles)
Catalog Description
EFH-MCCK
- includes 10 handle pins and 20 body clips
*use one handle pin and two body clips per pole
28
Wire
Range
#6-#14 AWG CU
Fuse
Size
13/32” DIA BY
1 1/2”
Fuses
ATDR
ATMR
ATQR
CCMR
FRQ-R
KLDR
KLKR
KTK-R, LP-CC
Class G Fuse Holders
Specifications:
Fuse Holders
• Have Been Tested & Approved for
100,000 Amp Withstand Rating
• Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated with Patented
Reject Member
• Quick Connect Standard with Screw (S)
or Sems Pressure (SP)
• UL Listed File No. IZLT.E35113
• CSA Certified File No. LR21455
•
1/2 - 15 Amps (600 Volt)
Std.
Catalog #:
Reinforced
G15A1SQ
G15A2SQ
G15A3SQ
G15A1SPQ
G15A2SPQ
G15A3SPQ
G15A1B
G15A2B
G15A3B
G15A1BCU
G15A2BCU
G15A3BCU
Poles
RG15A1SQ
RG15A2SQ
RG15A3SQ
RG15A1SPQ
RG15A2SPQ
RG15A3SPQ
RG15A1B
RG15A2B
RG15A3B
RG15A1BCU
RG15A2BCU
RG15A3BCU
Amp
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
15
Poles
Amp
Base
Materials
Wire
Range
Fuse
Size
Fuses
#10-#22 AWG CU
#10-#14 AWG CU
13/32” DIA BY
1 5/16”
Thermoplastic
AG
SC
SLC
#6-#14 AWG CU
20 Amps (600 Volt)
Std.
Catalog #:
Reinforced
G20A1SQ
G20A2SQ
G20A3SQ
G20A1SPQ
G20A2SPQ
G20A3SPQ
G20A1B
G20A2B
G20A3B
G20A1BCU
G20A2BCU
G20A3BCU
RG20A1SQ
RG20A2SQ
RG20A3SQ
RG20A1SPQ
RG20A2SPQ
RG20A3SPQ
RG20A1B
RG20A2B
RG20A3B
RG20A1BCU
RG20A2BCU
RG20A3BCU
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Base
Materials
Wire
Range
Fuse
Size
Fuses
#10-#22 AWG CU
#10-#14 AWG CU
20
13/32” DIA BY
1 13/32”
Thermoplastic
AG
SC
SLC
#6-14 AWG CU
25 - 30 Amps (480 Volt)
Std.
Catalog #:
Reinforced
G30A1SQ
G30A2SQ
G30A3SQ
G30A1SPQ
G30A2SPQ
G30A3SPQ
G30A1B
G30A2B
G30A3B
G30A1BCU
G30A2BCU
G30A3BCU
RG30A1SQ
RG30A2SQ
RG30A3SQ
RG30A1SPQ
RG30A2SPQ
RG30A3SPQ
RG30A1B
RG30A2B
RG30A3B
RG30A1BCU
RG30A2BCU
RG30A3BCU
Poles
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
See page 30 for dimensional information
See page 39 for DIN Rail Adapter
Amp
Base
Materials
Wire
Range
Fuse
Size
Fuses
#10-#22 AWG CU
#10-#14 AWG CU
30
13/32” DIA BY
1 5/8”
Thermoplastic
#6-#14 AWG CU
29
AG
SLC
SC
Fuse Holders
Class J, G, M, CC Fuse Holder Dimensions
Figure
1
6J30A
2
R6J30A
3
1
6J60A
2
R6J60A
3
1
R6J100A
3
1
6J200A
3
6M30A
6CC30A 1
G15A
2
G20A
3
G30A
1
R6CC60A 2
3
1
6J400A
3
1
6J600A
3
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
POLE
FIG 1
A
K
L
M
EXPANDER
3.38
1.16
.22 X .79
2.20 1.95 1.69 1.04 0.30 0.57
N/A N/A
SLOT
3.25
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
N/A
N/A
0.24
YES
3.13
0.85
.18 X .59
N/A N/A
1.60 1.29 1.56 0.75 0.24 0.38
SLOT
2.35
N/A
N/A
0.09
NO
3.35
1.11
.18 X .74
2.12 1.89 1.68 1.01 0.27 0.57
N/A N/A
SLOT
3.12
N/A
N/A
0.09
YES
FIG 3
FIG 6
FIG 2
POLE
POLE FIG 1
POLE
POLE
POLE FIG 1
POLE
POLE
FIG 4
POLE
POLE
FIG 5
POLE
MM = Dim X 25.4
EXPANDER
1 Pole
2 Pole
3 Pole
Figure 1:
30
Class J Fuse Holder Dimensions
φ
φ
.34 THRU [ 8.6]
CB
.75 X .40 DP
[
.19.0 X 10.2] 4X
5/16 HEX
DRIVE
φ
φ
5/16 HEX
DRIVE
1/4-20
STUD
TYP.
1.69
42.9
.69
17.5
2.00
50.8
6.50
165.1
2.41
61.1
1.00
25.4
.63
15.9
7.00
177.8
3.38
85.7
2.83
71.8
9.00
228.6
1 Pole
3 Pole
Figure 2:
1 Pole
2 Pole
3 Pole
Figure 3:
1.69
42.9
.34 THRU [8.6]
CB .75 X .44 DP
[19.1 X 11.2] 4X
.75
19.1
2.81
71.4
TYP.
5/16 HEX
DRIVE
1/2 HEX
DRIVE
2.00
50.8
2.00
50.8
TYP.
1.50
38.1
3.50
88.9
1 Pole
11.00
279.4
5.25
133.4
4.50
114.3
TYP.
1.75
44.5
3.13
79.4
3/8-16
STUD
TYP.
6.00
152.4
.63
15.9
9.00
228.6
3 Pole
Figure 4:
31
Fuse Holders
3.25
82.6
Fuse Holders
Class J Fuse Holder Dimensions
4.00
101.60
2.00
50.80
2.00
50.80
3/8 HEX DRIVE TYP.
.34 THRU [8.6]
CB .75 X .44 DP
[19.1 X 11.2] 4X
4.00
101.60
TYP.
2.88
73.03
TYP.
4.44
112.71
TYP.
1/2-13
STUDS
TYP.
11.00
279.40
.50
12.70
1.13
28.58
11.75
298.45
6.00
152.40
1.75
44.45
.63
15.88
3.63
92.08
12.00
304.80
1 Pole
3 Pole
Figure 5:
5.36
136.2
2.14
54.3
.27
1.50
6.7
38.1
φ
1.93
49.1
.28 [7.1] THRU
CB
.53 [13.5]
φ
SLOT .53 X .28
[13.5X7.1]
CB 1.06 X .53
[26.9X13.5]
5.13
130.2
TYP.
2.56
65.1
2.56
65.1
2.63
66.7
Integral dovetail features for multi-line stackup.
(For 1-Pole thermoplastic block only.)
1.00
25.4
REF.
Figure 6:
32
1.50
38.1
Semi Conductor Fuse Holders
Fuse Holders
Box Version - Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Insulator Base, General Purpose Phenolic,
150°C
Hex-Head Bolts and Belleville Washers
Provided Unassembled
Connector-Aluminum, Tin Plated
1MS101 has dove-tail interlocking feature
Two-piece modular design
Have been tested and approved for 200,000
Amp, 600 Volt Withstand Rating
UL Recognized File No. IZLT2.E35113
Catalog#:
Maximum Amperage:
Wire Range:
1MS101
1MS102
1MS103
1MS104
100
400
400
600
#2/0 - #14
(2) 250 kcmil - #6
(2) 250 kcmil - #6
(2) 500 kcmil - #6
Tested At:
I2t
193 kA
3480 kA
3480 kA
2840 kA
Ip
27.4
69.5
69.5
50.8
kA
kA
kA
kA
Note: Order two blocks per fuse.
2.13 [54.1]
3.12
3/16 HEX
[79.2]
.56
[14.3]
.75
[19.1]
2.25
.47
[57.15]
.88
[12.0]
[22.2]
1.75
3/8-16
[44.5]
2.40
[60.96]
.27
[6.9]
1/4-20
1MS101
1MS103
4.00
3.12
[79.2]
[101.6]
.56
[14.3]
.75
[19.1]
2.25
2.85
[57.15]
1.06
[72.39] [27.0]
3/8-16
1/4-20
2.40
3.28
[60.96]
[83.19]
1MS102
1MS104
33
Fuse Holders
Semi Conductor Fuse Holders - 1,000 Volt
Stud Version - Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
Stud, Steel Zinc Plated
Nuts and Washers Provided Unassembled
Have been tested and approved for 200,000
Amp, 600 Volt Withstand Rating
UL Recognized File No. IZLT2.E35113
Catalog#:
Maximum Amperage:
Wire Range:
ST 14
ST 38
100
600
1” DIA
3” DIA
Approved for 1,000 volts - not interrupt tested
ST 14
ST 38
Note: Order two blocks per fuse.
34
Tested At:
I2t
Ip
1130 kA
1130 kA
27.6 kA
40.1 kA
Fuse Holders with BD
(Box Distribution) Connectors
Fuse Holders
30 and 60 Amp
250 and 600 Volt
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
Available on Class H, R, and J Holders
Connectors, High Conductive Aluminum, Tin Plated
Reinforcing Member Available, Standard on Class R
UL Recognized File No. IZLT2.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
Class H Fuse Holders
Catalog #:
(For Class R, Replace F with R in Catalog Number)
Volts
Amp
Line Wire Range
Load Wire Range
250
60
(1) #2-#10 AWG
(1) #2-#10 AWG
(1) #6-#14 AWG
30
(1) #6-#14 AWG
60
(1) #2-#10 AWG
F60AXBD
F60AXBD-D
6F30AXBD-D
6F60AXBD
600
6F60AXBD-D
(1) #6-#14 AWG
(2) #10-#18 AWG
(1) #2-#10 AWG
(1) #6-#14 AWG
(1) #2-#10 AWG
(2) #6-#14 AWG
Class J Fuse Holders
Catalog #:
Volts
Amp
Line Wire Range
Load Wire Range
(1) #2-#10 AWG
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
6J60AXBD
600
60
6J60AXBD-D
X - Denotes Number of Poles (1, 2, or 3)
Class R and J - No Agency
35
#2-#10
#6-#14
#2-#10
#6-#14
AWG
AWG
AWG
AWG
Fuse Holders
STSF Forklift/Semi Conductor Fuse Holder
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
Base, High Strength Thermoplastic
Temperature Rating of 170°C
Studs, Stainless Steel (Nuts and Washers Provided)
130 Volt AC/DC, 1 to 400 Amps
UL Recognized File No. IZLT2.E35113
Applications:
This holder is found in direct current (DC) applications:
forklifts, golf carts, custom high-end car stereo systems,
heavy equipment, marine aircraft, etc.
STSF:
A #10 flat or conventional pan head screw head is acceptable.
36
Fuse Holder Covers
Fuse Holders
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Material, Thermoplastic
Thermal Rating, 125°C (RTI, per UL 746)
Flammability, VO (per UL 94)
UL Listed Accessories Under File No. JDVS2.E181825
In Application, Protection is Consistent With IEC Standard 529,
Designation IP20 (finger safe)* - except CJ6100-1,
CJ6100-2 and CJ6100-3
Opening Allows View of Self-Indicating Fuses
Holes for Test Probes and Re-tightening of Wire Terminations
Covers Fit Most Fuse Holder Brands
Catalog#:
For Use W/Fuse Holder#:
CHR230
F30A/R30A
CHR260
F60A/R60A
CHR2100
RF100A/R100A
CHR630
6F30A/6R30A
CHR660
6F60A/6R60A
CHR6100
R6F100A/6R100A
CJ630
6J30A
CJ660
6J60A
CC630
6CC30A
CC660
R6CC60A
CCM630**
6M30A/6CCM30A
CJ6100 - XC (1,2 or 3)
6J100A
See page 38 for dimensional information.
Fuse Type:
Voltage:
Amp:
H/R
H/R
H/R
H/R
H/R
H/R
J
J
CC
CD
MISC
J
250
250
250
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
30
60
100
30
60
100
30
60
30
60
30
100
* Applications involving fuse holders other than Marathon may not provide IP20 finger protection.
** Covers are recognized if used with recognized fuses.
Cover/Puller
(CVR-MCC)
Marathon’s Cover/Puller was designed for use with the Class CC (30 Amp), Midget and Class G (15 & 20
amp only) fuse holders. Once installed, the Cover/Puller provides an easy and safe way to remove fuses. In
application, protection is consistent with IEC Standard 529, designation IP20 (finger safe).
37
Fuse Holders
Fuse Holder Covers
Catalog Name
CHR230
CHR260
CHR2100
CHR630
CHR660
CHR6100
CJ630
CJ660
CC630
CC660
CCM630
CJ6100-1C
CJ6100-2C
CJ6100-3C
Figure
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
3
1
3
4
4
4
A
B
C
D
E
F
3.76
5.80
7.38
7.56
8.30
9.34
4.30
5.04
3.83
4.58
3.83
1.94
3.94
5.22
1.67
2.16
2.41
1.71
2.37
2.45
1.95
2.07
1.69
1.95
1.69
1.38
3.38
4.66
0.86
1.07
1.49
1.10
1.35
1.49
0.90
1.35
0.74
0.90
0.74
2.54
3.66
4.90
5.58
6.32
6.90
2.66
3.10
2.34
2.66
2.34
0.40
0.47
0.38
0.47
0.35
0.38
0.35
0.35
0.34
0.35
0.34
0.30
0.42
0.46
0.42
0.42
0.46
0.30
0.42
0.30
0.42
0.30
(2 mounting screws supplied)
(2 mounting screws supplied)
(4 mounting screws supplied)
MM = Dim X 25.4
Figure 3:
Figure 1:
"A"
"B"
.28 REF.
7.1
.13 TYP.
3.2
2.00
50.8
1.38
34.9
3.13
79.4
.81
20.6
Figure 4:
Figure 2:
38
4.75
120.7
DIN Rail Adapter
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fuse Holders
Accessory to Secure Surface
Mount Devices on DIN Rail:
DIN Adapter is Made of Acetal Resin Material
High Mechanical Strength and Rigidity
Good Resilience and Resistance to Creep
Excellent Dimensional Stability
Excellent Low Temperature Toughness
Wide End-Use Temperature Range
Assembly Method:
•
•
•
•
Press Adapter onto Rail, Fasten Component with #8 Self Tapping Screw (Screw Not Supplied)
Assembly Locks Firmly onto DIN Rail
The Adapter will work with Class H 250 Volt 30 Amp,
Class R 250 Volt 30 Amp Holders, 1500 Series, 1600 Series, 1700 Series
Consult Factory for Others
USE A #8 SELF TAPPING SCREW FOR
MOUNTING COMPONENT
Catalog
Number
Standard
Package
DIN R-1
10
Class CC, G and M
Fuse Holder Accessories
DIN Rail Adapter (Catalog# DIN R-2)
This adapter is for use with the Class CC (30 Amp), Midget and Class G fuse holders. The DIN R-2 snaps
securely to the Marathon fuse holders and to DIN rails without tools. This permits the holders to mount directly to standard and low profile 35mm symmetrical and 32mm asymmetrical DIN rails. They may be removed
from rails by lifting the disconnect tab.
39
Power Distribution Blocks with ShortCircuit Current Ratings
General Information:
The requirements of the 2005 National Electric Code (NEC)
and UL508A now require many electrical panels to carry a
Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR). Analyzing the SCCR of
individual components and overcurrent protection devices is a
method of determining the SCCR of an electrical assembly.
Equipment with low SCCRs are limited to locations where
only low-level short-circuit current is available. By replacing a
low-rated power distribution block with a Marathon high SCCR
power distribution block, an assembly can achieve a higher
SCCR for more installation flexibility.
SCCR
Marathon’s Power Distribution Blocks are standard products
that have been used in electrical control panels for over 35
years. These blocks have now been tested and approved for
higher SCCR. The higher ratings are based on proper wire sizes and the appropriate circuit protection device (fuses or circuit
breakers). UL508A does allow default SCCR for Power Distribution Blocks of 10,000A with no additional testing.
Marathon’s Power Distribution Blocks (UL File # E62806) are recognized under UL Standard 1059 and have been investigated
by UL for Short Circuit Current Rating under category XCFR2; Terminal Blocks-Component.
In addition, Marathon offers Power Distribution Blocks that are listed to UL 1953. The feeder spacing requirements of UL508A
are achieved with these blocks.
For detailed SCCR product information, please visit www.marathonsp.com.
40
UL Listed Power Distribution Blocks
The requirements of the 2005 National Electric Code (NEC) and
UL508A now require many electrical panels to carry a Short Circuit
Current Rating (SCCR). These new Power Distribution Blocks are listed to UL1953. The feeder spacing requirements of UL508A are
achieved with these blocks.
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Attached hinge cover
UL 508A Feeder Circuit Terminal Spacing for
up to 600 Volts
Rated up to 335 Amp, 600 Volts
Line side conductor up to 600 kcmil
Distribution, up to twelve conductors
per pole
Investigated to UL 1953
UL Category and File: QPQS.E309401
Short Circuit Ratings
(Copper Wire Only)
Catalog #
FPB23570 CH
FPB23572 CH
FPB23574 CH
FPB23580 CH
FPB33553 CH
FPB33588 CH
FPB33595 CH
Suitable Conductors
kcmil/AWG CU
Line
Load
2/0 - 6
2/0 - 6
2/0 - 6
8 - 10
2/0 - 6
400 - 3/0
2/0 - 6
600 - 3/0
2/0 - 2
600 - 3/0
2/0 - 2
4 - 14
2/0 - 6
2/0 - 6
8 - 10
4 - 14
2-8
2 - 14
1/0 - 8
2 - 14
4-8
4 - 12
J
T
200
200
200
100
200
400
200
600
200
600
200
200
200
200
100
200
400
200
600
200
600
200
Overcurrent Protection Fuse
Required Class/Max Amp Rating
RK1
RK5
G
200
200
200
100
200
400
200
400
200
400
200
100
100
100
30
100
100
100
200
100
100
100
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
CG
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
SCCR RMS
Sym A
Volts
Max
100,000
100,000
600
600
100,000
600
100,000
600
100,000
600
100,000
600
100,000
600
TORQUE RATINGS
Line
Wire Range AWG/kcmil
Line
Load
Current Amps
CU
AL
FPB23570 CH
2/0 - 14
(4) 4 - 14
175
135
FPB23572 CH
2/0 - 14
2/0 - 14
175
135
FPB23574 CH
2/0 - 14
1/4 - 20 stud
175
135
FPB23580 CH
2/0 - 14
(6) 4 - 14
175
135
FPB33553 CH
400 - 6
(6) 2 - 14
335
FPB33588 CH
600 - 2
Catalog #
Wire Range
AWG/kcmil
Torque
in. lb.
2/0 - 6
8
10 - 14
2/0 - 6
6
10 - 14
2/0 - 6
8
10 - 14
2/0 - 6
8
10 - 14
120
40
35
120
40
35
120
40
35
120
40
35
270
400 - 6
275
335
335
600 - 2
375
335
335
600 - 2
375
(3) 1/0 - 14
(6) 2 - 14
FPB33595 CH
600 - 2
(12) 4 - 14
See page 42 for dimensional information
41
Load
Wire Range
Torque
AWG/kcmil
in. lb.
4 - 14
35
4 - 14
35
1/4 - 20 stud
61
4 - 14
35
2-3
4-6
8
10 - 14
1/0 - 1
2-6
8
10 - 14
4-8
10 - 14
50
45
40
35
120
60
35
35
35
35
Listed Power Blocks
•
•
•
Connector Housings, Thermoplastic, UL 94
V-0, RTI 125°C
Insulator Base Plate, Phenolic Laminate,
UL 94 V-0, RTI 130°C
Wire Connectors - Tin Plated Aluminum,
Rated for Copper or Aluminum wire (CU & AL)
Short Circuit Current Rating up to 100kA
(100kA SCCR Rating with copper conductors
only. Requires specific over-current protection
device.)
Listed Power Blocks
FPB23XXX
4.25
108
PRODUCT & SCCR INFORMATION
PROVIDED ON SIDES OF BLOCK
1.31
33.3
.38
9.5
1.63
41.3
Listed Power Blocks
2.25
57.2
3.00
76.2
Φ .22 [5.6] THRU
CB Φ .50 X .38 DP 4X
[12.7 X 9.7 DP]
3.18
80.8
w/ Cover
3.05
77.3
w/o Cover
FPB33XXX
6.00
152.4
.38
9.5
5.50
139.7
1.38
34.9
3.25
82.5
4.75
120.6
Φ .22 [5.6] THRU
CB Φ .50 X .38 DP 4X
[12.7 X 9.7 DP]
PRODUCT & SCCR INFORMATION
PROVIDED ON SIDES OF BLOCK
4.11
104.5
w/ Cover
3.96
100.5
w/o Cover
42
Power Terminal Blocks
General Information:
Barrier Style Power Terminal Blocks are available in eight sizes. They are identified by the first three digits of the catalog
number. The 140, 142, 143, 144 and 145 series are manufactured with general purpose phenolic rated at 150°C. The 141,
132 and 133 series are manufactured with high impact thermoplastic rated at 125°C.
Enclosed touch proof power terminal blocks (EPB series) are available in two sizes.
All Power Terminal Blocks are UL recognized file number XCFR2.E62806 and CSA certified file number LR19766, unless
noted.
Connector Wire Hole Size:
Conductor Opening
Diameter of Opening
.158”
.250”
.312” *
.438” *
.630” *
.718”
.769” *
.875”
.938”
* Enclosed blocks have larger openings (see page 53)
Ratings and Standards:
The voltage ratings of terminal blocks are based upon the minimum spacing between electrically conductive parts line to line
through air and over surface and line to ground through air and over surface.
Class A
Service equipment including deadfront switchboards, panel boards, service entrance devices.
Class B
Commercial appliances including business equipment, electronic data processing equipment and the like.
Class C
General industrial and machine tool controls which can be further defined as equipment falling under UL 508.
Ratings based on UL 1059 may be higher in some cases depending on application.
Spacing Requirements*:
Class A
Class B
Class C
Voltage
Thru Air
Over Surface
51-150
151-300
301-600
51-150
151-300
301-600
51-150
151-300
301-600
.500
.750
1.000
.063
.094
.375
.125
.250
.375
.750
1.250
2.000
.063
.094
.500
.250
.375
.500
*In Inches
Applications:
Designed for use with heating, air conditioning and refrigeration, elevator systems, material handling equipment, control
panels, motor control, switchgear, and any area where power needs to be distributed to more than one load.
43
Power Blocks
#10-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
#4-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
#2-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
#2/0-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
250kcmil-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
350kcmil-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
400kcmil-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
500kcmil-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
600kcmil-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Distribution Blocks
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Power Blocks
Catalog #
1411403
1412403
1413403
1414403
1411400
1412400
1413400
1414400
1320570
1321570
1322570
1323570
1421570
1422570
1423570
1320580
1321580
1322580
1323580
Connector, High Conductive Aluminum,
Tin Plated
Rated for Copper and Aluminum Wire
Amp Rating Based on NEC Table 310-16
Using 75°C Copper Wire
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
** Openings rated for #4-14 AWG are multiple wire rated:
(2) #10 CU Str, (2 to 4) #12 CU Str, and (2 to 4) #14 CU Str.
*** Openings rated for #2-14 AWG are multiple wire rated:
(2) #8 CU Str, (2) #10 CU Str, (2) #12 CU Str, and
(2) #14 CU Str
For detailed SCCR information, please visit
www.marathonsp.com
Hinge
Cover
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
Poles
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Adder
1
2
3
1
2
3
Adder
1
2
3
Connector
Configuration
Line Wire
Range
Openings
Connector Load Wire Openings
Per Pole Configuration
Range
Per Pole
Amps
Material
60
Thermoplastic
#2-#14
AWG
1
#10-#18
AWG
2
115
Thermoplastic
#2-#14
AWG
1
#10-#16
AWG
4
175
Thermoplastic
2/0-#14
AWG
1
**
#4-#14
AWG
4
175
Phenolic
2/0-#14
AWG
1
**
#4-#14
AWG
4
175
Thermoplastic
2/0-#14
AWG
1
**
#4-#14
AWG
6
**
#4-#14
AWG
**
#4-#14
AWG
1402402
1403402
2
3
175
Phenolic
2/0-#14
AWG
1
1402401
1403401
2
3
175
Phenolic
2/0-#14
AWG
1
1402404
1403404
2
3
310
Phenolic
350 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
#4-#14
AWG
6
310
Thermoplastic
350 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
#2/0-#14
AWG
2
335
Phenolic
400 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
#2-#14
AWG
6
335
Phenolic
400 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
#2-#14
AWG
4
335
Phenolic
400 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
#2-#14
AWG
6
335
Phenolic
400 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
#2-#14
AWG
8
335
Thermoplastic
400 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
***
#2-#14
AWG
4
1331554
1332554
1333554
1441401
1442401
1443401
1431552
1432552
1433552
1431553
1432553
1433553
1441560
1442560
1443560
1331552
1332552
1333552
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
CH = Available with hinge cover attached (See page 54 for available covers)
See pages 56-58 for dimensional information
44
4
6
Power Distribution Blocks
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Catalog #
** Openings rated for #4-14 AWG are multiple wire rated:
(2) #10 CU Str, (2 to 4) #12 CU Str, and (2 to 4) #14 CU Str.
*** Openings rated for #2-14 AWG are multiple wire rated:
(2) #8 CU Str, (2) #10 CU Str, (2) #12 CU Str, And
(2) #14 CU Str
For detailed SCCR information, please
visit www.marathonsp.com
Hinge
Cover
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
Poles
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Connector
Configuration
Line Wire
Range
Openings
Connector Load Wire Openings
Per Pole Configuration
Range
Per Pole
Amps
Material
350
Phenolic
#2/0-#14
AWG
2
**
#4-#14
AWG
6
350
Thermoplastic
#2/0-#14
AWG
2
**
#4-#14
AWG
6
380
Phenolic
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
1
#2-#14
AWG
6
380
Phenolic
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
1
#2/0-#14
AWG
6
Thermoplastic
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
1
***#2-#14 AWG
350 kcmil
- #6 AWG
3
380
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
***#2-#14 AWG
350 kcmil
- #6 AWG
3
1
380
Phenolic
1
1
380
Phenolic
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
1
#2-#14
AWG
8
380
Phenolic
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
1
#2-#14
AWG
12
420
Thermoplastic
600 kcmil
- #2 AWG
1
*** #2-14
AWG
#1/0 - #14 AWG
6
3
420
Thermoplastic
600 kcmil
- #2 AWG
1
**
#4-#14
AWG
12
420
Thermoplastic
600 kcmil
- #2 AWG
1
***
#2-#14
AWG
8
420
Thermoplastic
600 kcmil
- #2 AWG
1
2/0-#14
AWG
4
420
Thermoplastic
600 kcmil
- #2 AWG
1
250 kcmil
- #1/0 AWG
2
510
Thermoplastic
250 kcmil
- #1/0 AWG
2
** #4-#14
AWG
12
510
Thermoplastic
250 kcmil
- #1/0 AWG
2
*** #2-#14
AWG
8
CH = Available with hinge cover attached (See page 54 for available covers)
See pages 56-59 for dimensional information
45
Power Blocks
1431555
1432555
1433555
1331555
1332555
1333555
1441551
1442551
1443551
1451579
1452579
1453579
1331587
1332587
1333587
1431587
1432587
1433587
1451594
1452594
1453594
1451552
1452552
1453552
1331588
1332588
1333588
1331595
1332595
1333595
1331585
1332585
1333585
1331575
1332575
1333575
1331565
1332565
1333565
1331596
1332596
1333596
1331597
1332597
1333597
Connector, High Conductive Aluminum,
Tin Plated
Rated for Copper and Aluminum Wire
Amp Rating Based on NEC Table 310-16
Using 75°C Copper Wire
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Power Distribution Blocks (Cont.)
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Power Blocks
Catalog #
1331598
1332598
1333598
1451587
1452587
1453587
1451592
1452592
1453592
1451586
1452586
1453586
1451411
1452411
1453411
1320970
1321970
1322970
1323970
1421970
1422970
1423970
1431955
1432955
1433955
1431953
1432953
1433953
1331955
1332955
1333955
1331953
1332953
1333953
1451992
1452992
1453992
1451986
1452986
1453986
1453401
Connector, High Conductive Aluminum,
Tin Plated - Rated for Copper and
Aluminum Wire
CU Connector, High Conductive Copper,
Tin Plated, Rated for Copper Wire Only
Amp Rating Based on NEC Table 310-16
Using 75°C Copper Wire
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
** Openings rated for #4-14 AWG are multiple wire rated:
(2) #10 CU Str, (2 to 4) #12 CU Str, and (2 to 4) #14 CU Str.
*** Openings rated for #2-14 AWG are multiple wire rated:
(2) #8 CU Str, (2) #10 CU Str, (2) #12 CU Str, And
(2) #14 CU Str
For detailed SCCR information, please
visit www.marathonsp.com
Hinge
Cover
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
Poles
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Adder
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
3
Amps
510
690
Line Wire
Range
Openings
Per Pole
Thermoplastic
250 kcmil
- #1/0 AWG
2
Phenolic
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
350 kcmil
- #4 AWG
Material
Connector
Configuration
1
1
Connector
Configuration
Load Wire Openings
Range
Per Pole
2/0 -#14
AWG
4
2/0 -#14
AWG
4
760
Phenolic
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
2
** #4 #14 AWG
12
760
Phenolic
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
2
2/0 -#14
AWG
8
840
Phenolic
600 kcmil
- #2 AWG
2
3/0 - #6 AWG
** #4 #14 AWG
2/0 - #14
AWG
1
** #4#14 AWG
4
CU
2/0 - #14
AWG
1
** #4#14 AWG
4
CU
2/0 - #14
AWG
2
** #4#14 AWG
6
CU
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
1
#2-#14
AWG
6
CU
2/0 - #14
AWG
2
** #4 -#14
AWG
6
CU
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
1
*** #2 -#14
AWG
6
CU
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
2
#2 -#14
AWG
12
CU
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
2
2/0-#14
AWG
8
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
6
2/0-#14
AWG
18
175
Thermoplastic
175
Phenolic
350
Phenolic
380
Phenolic
350
Thermoplastic
380
Thermoplastic
760
Phenolic
760
Phenolic
2280
Phenolic
CU
CH = Available with hinge cover attached (See page 54 for available covers)
See pages 56-59 for dimensional information
46
4
4
Power Splicer Blocks
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Catalog #
For detailed SCCR information, please visit www.marathonsp.com
Hinge
Cover
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
Poles
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
Adder
1
2
3
1
2
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Connector
Configuration
Line Wire
Range
Openings
Connector Load Wire Openings
Per Pole Configuration
Range
Per Pole
Amps
Material
115
Thermoplastic
#2 - #14
AWG
1
#2 - #14
AWG
1
115
Phenolic
#2 - #14
AWG
1
#2 - #14
AWG
1
175
Thermoplastic
#2/0 - #14
AWG
1
#2/0 - #14
AWG
1
175
Phenolic
#2/0 - #14
AWG
1
#2/0 - #14
AWG
1
255
Phenolic
250 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
250 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
255
Phenolic
250 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
250 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
310
Phenolic
350 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
350 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
310
Phenolic
350 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
350 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
310
Thermoplastic
350 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
350 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
350
Thermoplastic
#2/0 -#14
AWG
2
#2/0 -#14
AWG
2
420
Phenolic
600 kcmil
- #4 AWG
1
600 kcmil
- #4 AWG
1
420
Thermoplastic
600 kcmil
- #2 AWG
1
600 kcmil
- #2 AWG
1
510
Thermoplastic
250 kcmil
- #1/0 AWG
2
250 kcmil
- #1/0 AWG
2
620
Phenolic
350 kcmil
- #4 AWG
2
350 kcmil
- #4 AWG
2
CH = Available with hinge cover attached (See page 54 for available covers)
See pages 56-59 for dimensional information
47
Power Blocks
1411300
1412300
1413300
1414300
1421552
1422552
1423552
1320572
1321572
1322572
1323572
1421572
1422572
1423572
1402801
1403801
1431123
1432123
1433123
1402303
1403303
1431126
1432126
1433126
1331126
1332126
1333126
1331305
1332305
1333305
1441557
1442557
1443557
1331360
1332360
1333360
1331320
1332320
1333320
1451129
1452129
1453129
Connector, High Conductive Aluminum, Tin Plated
Rated for Copper and Aluminum Wire
Amp Rating Based on NEC Table 310-16 Using 75°C and 90°C Copper Wire
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Power Splicer Blocks (Cont.)
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Power Blocks
Catalog #
1451301
1452301
1453301
1320972
1321972
1322972
1323972
1421121
1422121
1423121
1431124
1432124
1433124
Connector, High Conductive Aluminum, Tin Plated, Rated for Copper and Aluminum Wire
CU Connector, High Conductive Copper, Tin Plated, Rated for Copper Wire Only
Amp Rating Based on NEC Table 310-16 Using 75°C and 90°C Copper Wire
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
For detailed SCCR information, please visit www.marathonsp.com
Hinge
Cover
CH
CH
CH
Poles
1
2
3
Adder
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Amps
Material
760
Phenolic
175
Thermoplastic
175
Phenolic
255
Phenolic
Connector
Configuration
Line Wire
Range
Openings
Connector Load Wire Openings
Per Pole Configuration
Range
Per Pole
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
2
500 kcmil
- #4 AWG
2
#2/0 -#14
AWG
1
#2/0 -#14
AWG
1
#1/0 -#14
AWG
1
#1/0 -#14
AWG
1
250 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
250 kcmil
- #6 AWG
1
CU
CU
CU
CH = Available with hinge cover attached (See page 54 for available covers)
See pages 56-59 for dimensional information
48
Power Stud Blocks
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Connector, High Conductive Copper, Tin Plated
Stud, Brass, Tin Plated, Metric (M) Studs, Steel
Suitable for Compression Wire Lugs
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
For detailed SCCR information, please visit www.marathonsp.com
Hinge
Catalog # Cover
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
Adder
1
2
3
Adder
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Connector
Configuration
Line Wire
Range
Load Wire
Range
Openings
Per Pole
1
1/4-20 X 9/16
1
M6 x 15
1
M6 x 15
1
Phenolic
1/4-20 Screw
1
1/4-20 Screw
1
200
Phenolic
1/4-20 X 9/16
1
1/4-20 X 9/16
1
230
Phenolic
3/8-16 X1 3/16
1
3/8-16 X1 3/16
1
230
Phenolic
3/8-16 X1 3/16
1
1/4-20 X1 3/16
1
260
Phenolic
3/8-16 X1 7/16
1
1/4-20 X 9/16
2
230
Phenolic
3/8-16 X1 7/16
1
3/8-16 X1 7/16
1
360
Phenolic
3/8 - 16 X1 7/16
1
3/8 - 16 X1 7/16
2
360
Phenolic
3/8-16 X1 7/16
1
1/4 - 20 X1 7/16
2
310
Thermoplastic
3/8-16 X 1 3/16
1
3/8-16 X 1 3/16
1
310
Thermoplastic
M10 x 30
1
M10 x 30
1
410
Phenolic
1/2-13 x 1 7/16
1
1/2-13 x 1 7/16
1
840
Phenolic
3/8-16 X 1
1
3/8-16 X 1
1
Amps
Material
200
Thermoplastic
1/4-20 X 9/16
200
Thermoplastic
200
CH = Available with hinge cover attached (See page 54 for available covers)
See pages 56-59 for dimensional information
49
Openings Connector
Per Pole Configuration
Power Blocks
1320122
1321122
1322122
1323122
1320422
1321422
1322422
1323422
1421123
1422123
1423123
1421122
1422122
1423122
1431563
1432563
1433563
1431561
1432561
1433561
1441122
1442122
1443122
1441553
1442553
1443553
1451573
1452573
1453573
1451583
1452583
1453583
1331563
1332563
1333563
1331564
1332564
1333564
1451606
1452606
1453606
1441614
1442614
1443614
Poles
Power Splicer/Stud Blocks
600 Volts
Specifications:
Power Blocks
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Connector, High Conductive Aluminum, Tin Plated
Rated for Copper and Aluminum Wire
Stud, Brass, Tin Plated
Quick Connect, Brass, Tin Plated
10-32 Screw, Brass, Nickel Plated
Amp Rating Based on NEC Table 310-16 Using 75°C Copper Wire
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
(does not apply to 143X559)
For detailed SCCR information, please visit www.marathonsp.com
Catalog#
Poles
1411200
1412200
1413200
1414200
1411201
1412201
1413201
1414201
1411202
1412202
1413202
1414202
1411203
1412203
1413203
1414203
1411205
1412205
1413205
1414205
1411301
1412301
1413301
1414301
1431559
1432559
1433559
1421411
1422411
1423411
1421553
1422553
1423553
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Line
Wire Range
Openings
Per Pole
Load
Wire Range
Openings
Per Pole
Thermoplastic
#2-#14AWG
1
10-32 Screw
1
115
Thermoplastic
#2-#14AWG
1
10-32 Tapped Hole
1
115
Thermoplastic
#2-#14AWG
1
.25X.032 QC
4
115
Thermoplastic
#2-#14AWG
1
10-32 X .60 Stud
1
115
Thermoplastic
#2-#14AWG
1
#10-32 Hole & (2) QC
1
115
Thermoplastic
#2-#14AWG
1
#2-#14AWG & (1) QC
1
310
Phenolic
350kcmil-#6AWG
1
3/8-16 X 11/8 Stud
1
175
Phenolic
2/0-#14AWG
1
M6 Hole
1
175
Phenolic
2/0-#14AWG
1
1/4-20 Tapped Hole
1
Amps
Material
115
Connector
Configuration
See pages 57-58 for dimensional information (See page 54 for available covers)
50
Connector
Configuration
Power Splicer/Stud Blocks
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Connector, High Conductive Aluminum, Tin Plated
Rated for Copper and Aluminum Wire
Stud, Brass, Tin Plated, Metric (M) Studs, Steel; intended
for wires terminated with crimp lugs
Amp Rating Based on NEC Table 310-16 Using 75°C, Copper Wire
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
(does not apply to 133X559 and 133X558)
For detailed SCCR information, please visit www.marathonsp.com
** Openings rated for #4-14 AWG are multiple wire rated:
(2) #10 CU Str, (2 to 4) #12 CU Str, and (2 to 4) #14 CU Str.
Hinge
Catalog # Cover
Poles
1320574
1321574
1322574
1323574
1320474
1321474
1322474
1323474
1421574
1422574
1423574
1431590
1432590
1433590
1331559
1332559
1333559
1331558
1332558
1333558
1441569
1442569
1443569
1441575
1442575
1443575
1451596
1452596
1453596
1451599
1452599
1453599
1451610
1452610
1453610
Adder
1
2
3
Adder
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
Connector
Configuration
Line Wire
Range
Openings Connector
Per Pole Configuration
Load Wire
Range
Openings
Per Pole
Amps
Material
175
Thermoplastic
#2/0 - #14 AWG
1
1/4-20 X 1/2
1
175
Thermoplastic
#2/0 - #14 AWG
1
M6 x 13
1
175
Phenolic
#2/0 - #14 AWG
1
1/4-20 X 1/2
1
175
Phenolic
#2/0 - #14 AWG
1
1/4-20 X 1 3/8
1
310
Thermoplastic
350 kcmil - #6 AWG
1
3/8-16 X 1 1/4
1
310
Thermoplastic
350 kcmil - #6 AWG
1
M10 X 30
1
380
Phenolic
500 kcmil - #4AWG
1
1/4-20 X 1 1/16
2
380
Phenolic
500 kcmil - #4AWG
1
3/8-16 X 1 5/16
1
545
Phenolic
1000 kcmil - 500 kcmil
1
3/8-16 X 1 3/16
2
760
Phenolic
500 kcmil - #4AWG
2
3/8-16 X 1 5/16
2
760
Phenolic
500 kcmil - #4AWG
2
1/2-13 X 1 5/16
1
CH = Available with hinge cover attached (See page 54 for available covers)
See pages 56-59 for dimensional information
51
Power Blocks
*** Openings rated for #2-14 AWG are multiple wire rated:
(2) #8 CU Str, (2) #10 CU Str, (2) #12 CU Str, and
(2) #14 CU Str
Power Stud to Distribution Blocks
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Connector, High Conductive Aluminum, Tin Plated
Rated for Copper and Aluminum Wire
Stud, Brass, Tin Plated, Metric (M) Studs, Steel; intended
for wires terminated with crimp lugs
Amp Rating Based on NEC Table 310-16 Using 75°C, Copper Wire
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
For detailed SCCR information, please visit www.marathonsp.com
Power Blocks
** Openings rated for #4-14 AWG are multiple wire rated:
(2) #10 CU Str, (2 to 4) #12 CU Str, and (2 to 4) #14 CU Str.
*** Openings rated for #2-14 AWG are multiple wire rated:
(2) #8 CU Str, (2) #10 CU Str, (2) #12 CU Str, And
(2) #14 CU Str
Stud to Distribution Blocks
Hinge
Catalog # Cover
1331272
1332272
1333272
1331273
1332273
1333273
1331280
1332280
1333280
1331281
1332281
1333281
1331270
1332270
1333270
1331271
1332271
1333271
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
Poles
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Connector
Configuration
Line Wire
Range
Openings Connector
Per Pole Configuration
Load Wire
Range
Openings
Per Pole
Amps
Material
510
Thermoplastic
3/8-16 x 1 3/16”
1
** #4 - #14 AWG
12
510
Thermoplastic
M10 x 30
1
** #4 - #14 AWG
12
510
Thermoplastic
3/8-16 x 1 3/16”
1
*** #2 - #14 AWG
8
510
Thermoplastic
M10 x 30
1
*** #2 - #14 AWG
8
510
Thermoplastic
3/8-16 x 1 3/16”
1
*** #2/0 - #14 AWG
4
510
Thermoplastic
M10 x 30
1
***#2/0 - #14 AWG
4
CH = Available with hinge cover attached (See page 54 for available covers)
See pages 56-57 for dimensional information
52
New EPB Series Enclosed Power Block
Specifications:
Electrical
• 600 Volts (UL 1059
Group B and C)
• Up to 510 Amps
• 690 Volts (IEC)
• Wire range #2/0 to 400 kcmil
*Multiple Wire Ratings:
• Copper Strand Wire Only
• #2 opening:
(2) #6 AWG
(2) #8 AWG
(2 to 4) #10 AWG
(2 to 4) #12 AWG
(2 to 4) #14 AWG
Mechanical
• Base, Gray Thermoplastic,
125O C (UL RTI)
• Flammability, UL 94 V-0
• Mounting: DIN mount option
(panel mount also)
Standards
• UL Recognized File No.
XCFR2.E62806 (UL 1059)
• CSA Certified File No. LR19766
(CSA C22.2 No. 158)
• CE (Component IEC
60947-7-1)
• IEC 529, IP-20
Connector Wire Hole Size
Conductor
Opening
Diameter
of Opening
#2 – #14 AWG
#2/0 – #14 AWG
250 kcmil – #6 AWG
400 kcmil – #6 AWG
.38"
.50"
.72"
.94"
Catalog #
SCCR, RMS
SYM Amps
600 Volt Max
Amperage
CU Wire
75OC
EPBXD41
100,000
175
2/0 - #14 AWG
70 - 2.5 mm2
1
2/0 - #14 AWG
70 - 2.5 mm2
1
EPBXD44
100,000
175
2/0 - #14 AWG
70 - 2.5 mm2
1
#2 - #14 AWG
35 - 2.5 mm2
4
EPBXD71
10,000
510
250 kcmil - #6 AWG
120 - 16 mm2
2
250 kcmil - #6 AWG
120 - 16 mm2
2
400 kcmil - #6 AWG
185 - 16 mm2
1
8
2/0 - #14 AWG
70 - 2.5 mm2
#2 - #14 AWG
35 - 2.5 mm2
1
EPBXP71
50,000-100,000
EPBXD74
10,000
Line
Connector
Configuration
Accessories (consult factory)
• White Markers to Identify Circuits
• Black Thermoplastic Safety Plugs
• Feed Spacing UL508A Adapter Plate
Line
Wire
Range
Load
Openings Connector
Per Pole Configuration
Load
Wire
Range
Power Blocks
• #2/0 opening:
(2) #4 AWG
(2) #6 AWG
(2) #8 AWG
(2) #10 AWG
(2) #12 AWG
(2) #14 AWG
335
EPBXP74
Note:
100,000
1) The ampacities are based on Table 310-16 of the NEC .
2) The connectors were tested and approved at 90OC per UL 486 A/B.
3) See www.marathonsp.com for detailed SCCR information.
See page 59 for
dimensional information
Catalog Description:
EPB
A
D
41
Connector Material
A – Aluminum
rated copper or
aluminum wire
C – Copper rated
copper wire only
D – Mount on 35 mm
DIN rail or
flat panel
P —Flat panel
(for 71 and 74)
53
Openings
Per Pole
41
44
71
74
–
–
–
–
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
#2/0 to (1) #2/0
#2/0 to (4) #2
#250 to (2) #250
#400 & (1) #2/0 to (8) #2
Power Block Covers
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
Material UL Recognized, QMFZ2, 125°C,
.06 Clear Protective Plastic
Two Thread Cutting Screws Furnished Per Cover
Covers Are Slotted For Easy Installation
Covers Are Available For The 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145
132 and 133 Series Power Blocks:
• Snap On, Hinged Cover, Thermoplastic,
UL Recognized, QMFZ2, 125°C
Power Blocks
Dimensions (IN):
Catalog #
CC1402
CC1403
CC1411
CC1412
CC1413
CC1414
CC1421
CC1422
CC1423
CC1431
CC1432
CC1433
CC1441
CC1442
CC1443
CC1451
CC1452
CC1453
CH1321
CH1322
CH1323
CH1331
CH1332
CH1333
A
2.75
4.00
.77
1.42
2.05
2.68
1.06
1.87
2.68
1.78
3.31
4.84
2.12
4.00
5.87
2.87
5.56
8.28
B
2.25
2.25
2.40
2.40
2.40
2.40
2.75
2.75
2.75
3.38
3.38
3.38
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.50
4.50
4.50
Figure #
-
-
3
-
-
3
Figure 1
1
2
A
1
B
1
1
1
Figure 2
Figure 3
(Hinged Cover)
54
Grounding Lugs
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
Connector, High Conductive Aluminum, Tin Plated
Per Code – Screw Is Green
UL Recognized File No. ZMVV2.E43665
CSA Certified File No. 63510-25
Catalog # (Connector Wire Range)
Power Blocks
GL02 (#2-#14 AWG)
9807052
GL20 (#2/0-#14 AWG)
9718102
Part #
GL02
GL20
GL35
GL35 (350MCM-#6 AWG)
9819830
55
Wire Range
AWG / kcmil
2-3
4-6
8
10 - 14
2/0 - 6
8
10 - 14
350 - 6
Torque
Lb in
50
45
40
35
120
40
35
375
Power Terminal Block Dimensions
132 Series
Power Blocks
Adder
1 POLE
2 POLE
3 POLE
132CH Series
1.00 25.5
2.55 64.8
1.82 46.3
2.25 57.2
(MTG. SLOTS)
3.00 76.2
.81 20.7
1.63 41.3
TYP.
2.42 61.5
(W/O COVER)
SLOT .49 X .22 THRU
[12.3 X 5.5] TYP.
2.57 65.2
(WITH COVER)
.20 5
.85 21.6
133 Series
1 POLE
2 POLE
3 POLE
1 POLE
2 POLE
3 POLE
56
Power Terminal Block Dimensions
133CH Series
.31 7.9
1.96 49.7
4.00 101.6
5.36 136.1
3.66 92.9
SLOT .21 X .71 THRU
CB .44 X .94 X .29 DP TYP.
3.38 85.7
(MTG. SLOTS)
.97 24.6
TYP.
1.70 43.2
TYP.
3.40 86.4
(MTG SLOTS)
3.33 84.6
(W/O COVER)
3.49 88.6
(WITH COVER)
.39 9.8
.89 22.5
2 POLE
3 POLE
140 Series
2 POLE
3 POLE
141 Series
1 POLE
2 POLE
3 POLE
57
4 POLE
Power Blocks
1 POLE
Power Terminal Block Dimensions
142 Series
Power Blocks
1 POLE
2 POLE
3 POLE
143 Series
1 POLE
2 POLE
3 POLE
144 Series
2.29
[58.1]
.20/[5.2] DIA. THRU
.41/[10.3] C'BORE
x .18/[4.6] DP.
4.17
[105.9]
6.05
[153.6]
4.75
[120.6]
4.13
[104.8]
1.88
[47.8]
1.88
[47.8]
1.88
[47.8]
.31
[7.9]
.015
[.38]
1.14
[29.0]
1.50
[38.2]
2.90
[73.7]
1.12
[28.3]
.52
[13.1]
1 POLE
2 POLE
3 POLE
58
Power Terminal Block Dimensions
145 Series
2 POLE
3 POLE
EPBXD41 & EPBXD44
STACK UP DIMENSIONS
(IF DOVETAIL IS USED FOR MULTI-LINE)
SLOT .50 X .25
[12.70 X 6.35]
2.60 65.93
2.53 64.29
3.84 97.45
2.56 64.97
4.11
102.04
3.00 76.20
3.76
[95.58]
.64 16.24
TYP. FOR SNAP-IN
MARKER CARDS
1.33 33.78
1.28
[32.49]
TYP.
2.56 64.97
EPBXX71 & EPBXX74
3.29 83.47
STACK UP DIMENSIONS
(IF DOVETAIL IS USED FOR MULTI-LINE PB)
SLOT .52 X .27
[13.21 X 6.86]
6.66 169.10
4.44 112.73
3.14 79.79
4.73
[114.54]
3.75
[95.25]
4.39
[111.44]
TYP. FOR SNAP-IN
MARKER CARDS
1.11
[28.18]
2.22 56.36
2.27 57.58
4.44 112.73
59
Power Blocks
1 POLE
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
General Information:
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks are available in two styles – Deadfront Type (1100, 1200, 985 and 0987 series) and Barrier
Type (1500, 1600 series and 1700 series [Thermoplastic]).
Ratings and Standards:
The voltage ratings of terminal blocks are based upon the minimum spacing between electrically conductive parts line to line
through air and over surface, and line to ground through air and over surface.
Class A
Service equipment including deadfront switchboards, panel boards, service entrance devices.
Class B
Commercial appliances including business equipment, electronic data processing equipment and the like.
Class C
General industrial and machine tool controls which can be further defined as equipment falling under UL 508.
Ratings based on UL 1059 may be higher in some cases depending on application.
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
Spacing Requirements*:
Class A
Class B
Class C
Voltage
Thru Air
Over Surface
51-150
151-300
301-600
51-150
151-300
301-600
51-150
151-300
301-600
.500
.750
1.000
.063
.094
.375
.125
.250
.375
.750
1.250
2.000
.063
.094
.500
.250
.375
.500
*In Inches
Applications:
These rugged terminal blocks are widely used in such industries as traffic control, utilities, switchgear and other utility related
equipment.
60
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
1100 Series - Deadfront Type
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
Connector, Aluminum Tin Plated
Spring, Copper, Use 11XXS
Screws, Brass, Tin Plated
Wire Range #6-#18 AWG CU – 65 Amps
Wire Range With Spring #6-#14 AWG CU – 65 Amps
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Catalog#
# of Poles
A
B
1102
1104
1106
1107
1108
1112
1102S
1104S
1106S
1107S
1108S
1112S
2
4
6
7
8
12
1.69
2.50
3.38
3.88
4.25
6.00
1.31
2.12
3.00
3.50
3.88
5.62
S=Copper Pressure Spring
MM = Dim X 25.4
61
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
Catalog#
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
1103P and 1200 Series - Deadfront Type
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
Connector, Aluminum, Tin Plated
Screws, Steel, Tin Plated
1103P Wire Range #4-#14 AWG CU – 70 Amps
1200 Wire Range #4-#18 AWG CU – 70 Amps
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Catalog#
# of Poles
A
B
1202
1204
1206
2
4
6
1.81
2.81
3.81
1.44
2.44
3.44
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
MM = Dim X 25.4
"A"
"B"
.19
[4.8]
1.50
[38.1]
.50
[12.7]
.75
[19.1]
.50
[12.7]
1.13
[28.6]
.81
[20.7]
1103P Series
1200 Series
62
.66
[16.7]
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
0987 RZ Series - Deadfront Type
600 Volts
50 Amps
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Thermoplastic, 125°C, Flammability - UL 94 V-O
Connector, Copper Alloy, Nickel Plated (TC Tubular Clamp)
Wire Range
(1) #8-#24 sol/str
(2) 12 str
(2) 14 str
(1) 12 str and (1) 14 str
Catalog #
.475” Centerline Spacing
0987 RZ TC 02
IP20 Touchproof Protection
0987 RZ TC 03
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
0987 RZ TC 04
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
0987 RZ TC 05
RZ TC
RZ TC
RZ TC
RZ TC
RZ TC
RZ TC
RZ TC
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
A
B
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
0.95
1.43
1.90
2.38
2.85
3.33
3.80
4.28
4.75
5.23
5.70
N/A
0.48
0.95
1.43
1.90
2.38
2.85
3.33
3.80
4.28
4.75
"A"
.48
12.1
1.26
32
.72
18.2
CB DEPTH
"B"
.60
15.2
.475
12.1
TYP.
.24
6
SECTION A-A
ø .15 THRU CB ø .27
[ø 3.8 THRU CB ø 6.9]
A
.84
21.3
.35
8.8
A
1.26
32
.12
3.1
63
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
0987
0987
0987
0987
0987
0987
0987
Dimensions
# of poles
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
985 GP Series - Deadfront Type
600 Volts
85 Amps
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
985 GP 02
985 GP 03
985 GP 04
985 GP 05
985 GP 06
985 GP 07
985 GP 08
985 GP 09
985 GP 10
985 GP 11
985 GP 12
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
Connector, Aluminum, Tin Plated
Screws, Steel, Nickel Plated
Wire Range #4-#18 AWG Copper Wire – 85 Amps
Multiple Wire Combinations For Solid Or Stranded Copper Wire Are:
1 #6 AWG to 1 #4 AWG
2 to 6 #14 AWG
2 #8 AWG
2 to 6 #16 AWG
2 to 4 #10 AWG
2 to 8 #18 AWG
2 to 4 #12 AWG
.625 Center-Line Spacing
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
Catalog #
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
# of poles
A
B
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1.16
1.78
2.41
3.03
3.66
4.28
4.91
5.53
6.16
6.78
7.41
N/A
0.63
1.25
1.88
2.50
3.13
3.75
4.38
5.00
5.63
6.25
MM = Dim X 25.4
64
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
1500 Series
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
Connector, Brass, Nickel Plated
Screws, Brass, Nickel Plated, 10-32
Rated 30 Amps with unprepared wire, #10-18 AWG Copper
Rated 75 Amps when wired with crimp type ring, spade or fork terminal
5/8” Line To Line Spacing
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
# of Poles
Catalog #:
# of Poles
1502 STD
1504 STD
1506 STD
1508 STD
1512 STD
1502 DJ
1504 DJ
1506 DJ
1508 DJ
1512 DJ
1502 DJSV
1504 DJSV
1506 DJSV
1508 DJSV
1512 DJSV
2
4
6
8
12
2
4
6
8
12
2
4
6
8
12
1502 ST
1504 ST
1506 ST
1508 ST
1512 ST
1502 SC
1504 SC
1506 SC
1508 SC
1512 SC
1502 H
1504 H
1506 H
1508 H
1512 H
2
4
6
8
12
2
4
6
8
12
2
4
6
8
12
1500 MCJ
1500 STD
1500 DJ
1500 DJSV
1500 ST*
1500 SC
1500 H
Multiple
Circuit Jumper
Standard
Connector With
Serrations for
Anti-rotation
Removable
Connector With
Brass Insert
Removable
Connector With
Brass Insert
Removable Cover
10-32 Stud
Removable
Connector
Short Circuiting
Bar With Brass
Insert 4 Shorting
Pins Per Block
Standard Connector
With Hinge Cover
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
Catalog #:
* STRC: 10-32 Stud with Riveted Connector
Catalog #:
# of Poles
A
B
1502
1504
1506
1508
1512
2
4
6
8
12
2.00
3.25
4.50
5.75
8.25
1.62
2.88
4.12
5.38
7.88
MM = Dim X 25.4
See page 39 for DIN Rail Adapter
65
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
1600 Series
600 Volts
Specifications:
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
Connector, Brass, Nickel Plated
Screws, Brass, Nickel Plated, 10-32
Rated 30 Amps with unprepared wire, #10-18 AWG Copper
Rated 75 Amps when wired with crimp type ring, spade or fork lugs
21/32” Line To Line Spacing
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Catalog #:
# of Poles
Catalog #:
# of Poles
1602 STD
1604 STD
1606 STD
1608 STD
1612 STD
1602 DJ
1604 DJ
1606 DJ
1608 DJ
1612 DJ
1602 DJSV
1604 DJSV
1606 DJSV
1608 DJSV
1612 DJSV
2
4
6
8
12
2
4
6
8
12
2
4
6
8
12
1602 ST
1604 ST
1606 ST
1608 ST
1612 ST
1602 SC
1604 SC
1606 SC
1608 SC
1612 SC
1602 H
1604 H
1606 H
1608 H
1612 H
2
4
6
8
12
2
4
6
8
12
2
4
6
8
12
1600 MCJ
1600 STD
1600 DJ
1600 DJSV
1600 ST*
1600 SC
1600 H
Multiple
Circuit Jumper
Standard
Connector With
Serrations for
Anti-rotation
Removable
Connector With
Brass Insert
Removable
Connector With
Brass Insert
Removable Cover
10-32 Stud
Removable
Connector
Short Circuiting
Bar With Brass
Insert 4 Shorting
Pins Per Block
Standard Connector
With Hinge Cover
* STRC: 10-32 Stud with Riveted Connector
Catalog #:
# of Poles
A
B
1602
1604
1606
1608
1612
2
4
6
8
12
2.44
3.75
5.06
6.38
9.00
1.78
3.09
4.41
5.72
8.34
MM = Dim X 25.4
See page 39 for DIN Rail Adapter
66
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
...Thermoplastic
1700 Series
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Thermoplastic, 125°C (UL RTI)
Serrated Connectors, Brass, Nickel Plated
Screws, Brass, Nickel Plated, 10-32
Rated 30 Amps with unprepared wire, #10-18 AWG Copper
Rated 75 Amps when wired with crimp type ring, spade or fork lugs
5/8” (.625”) Line To Line Spacing
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
# of Poles
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
Short Circuit
Terminal
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
SC
SC
SC
SC
SC
SC
SC
SC
SC
SC
SC
Dimensions
A
B
2.00
2.63
3.25
3.88
4.50
5.13
5.75
6.38
7.00
7.63
8.25
STD = Standard Terminal - Connector Plate, 2 Phil-Slot Screws, Center M/S
SC = Short Circuit Terminal (Pin to be torqued to 5 in-lbs)
CC = Cover - Clear PVC snap on cover, sized to fit and protect
See page 39 for DIN Rail Adapter
67
1.64
2.26
2.89
3.51
4.14
4.76
5.39
6.01
6.64
7.26
7.89
Clear
Cover
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Standard
Terminal
Single Row Terminal Blocks
General Information:
Single Row Terminal Blocks are available in four basic line to line molding sizes. Some are available in either open or feed
thru/printed circuit designs. The basic material is phenolic. Modifications are also provided on most terminal blocks, including
marking strips.
Ratings and Standards:
The voltage ratings of terminal blocks are based upon the minimum spacing between electrically conductive parts line to line
through air and over surface and line to ground through air and over surface.
Class A
Service equipment including deadfront switchboards, panel boards, service entrance devices.
Class B
Commercial appliances including business equipment, electronic data processing equipment and the like.
Class C
General industrial and machine tool controls which can be further defined as equipment falling under UL 1059.
Ratings based on UL 1059 may be higher in some cases depending on application.
Spacing Requirements*:
Class A
Class B
Class C
Voltage
Thru Air
Over Surface
51-150
151-300
301-600
51-150
151-300
301-600
51-150
151-300
301-600
.500
.750
1.000
.063
.094
.375
.125
.250
.375
.750
1.250
2.000
.063
.094
.500
.250
.375
.500
*In Inches
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
Reference Chart:
Series
Catalog
Page
Amps
Volts
Base
Material
Max Wire
Size for Screw
Screw
Size
Inches
L to L
# of
Lines
Features
411
599/799
699/899
812/912
1690
2590
2690
69
70
71
72
73-74
75
76-77
5
15
20
30
20
15
20
*300
150
150
600
300
150
300
Phenolic
Phenolic
Phenolic
Phenolic
Phenolic
Phenolic
Phenolic
#18
#16
#14
#12
#14
#16
#14
2-56
5-40
6-32
8-32
6-32
6-32
6-32/8-32
.250
.375
.437
.562
.437
.375
.437
1-23
1-30
1-23
1-18
1-25
1-25
1-25
Open Back
Open Back
Open Back
Open Back
Feed Thru
Printed Circuit
Printed Circuit
All voltage ratings based on Class C requirements unless noted.
Open back terminal blocks require an insulator strip to achieve voltage rating.
*Based on Class B requirements.
68
Single Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 411 Series
300 Volts*
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Phenolic, 150°C
Open Back Design (Insulator Strip Required for Voltage Rating)
JJ (GDI-30F) Material Available
Screws, #2-56 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Brass
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-23 Poles
1/4” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #18-#20 AWG – 5 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
ratings - consult factory)
Catalog
Description
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Dimensions
A
B
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
1904
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Full Solder
Line to Line Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Lug Over the Side (.312)
Printed Circuit Pin (.125)
(Over the Side)
Feed Thru Solder
See Page 97
See Page 97
See Page 97
See Page 99
See Page 101
See Page 99
See Page 97
See Page 97
See Page 97
Consult Factory
Consult Factory
See Page 103
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
MM=Dim X 25.4
*Based on Class B Requirements
69
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
411
Number
of Poles
KT10
KT11
KT12
ST
J 410
3/4 ST
KT16
KT17
KT18
Z
1921
Single Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 599/799 Series
150 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
Catalog
Description
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
599
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
Base, Phenolic, 150°C
Open Back Design (Insulator Strip Required for Voltage Rating)
JJ (GDI-30F) Material Available
Screws, #5-40 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Brass
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-30 Poles
3/8” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #16-#22 AWG – 15 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
799 Series (Riveted KTs) – See page 97
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
Dimensions
Number
of
Poles
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
1.03
1.41
1.78
2.16
2.53
2.91
3.28
3.66
4.03
4.41
4.78
5.16
5.53
5.91
6.28
6.66
7.03
7.41
7.78
8.16
8.53
8.91
9.28
9.66
10.03
10.41
10.78
11.16
11.53
11.91
0.75
1.12
1.50
1.88
2.25
2.63
3.00
3.38
3.75
4.13
4.50
4.88
5.25
5.63
6.00
6.38
6.75
7.13
7.50
7.88
8.25
8.63
9.00
9.38
9.75
10.13
10.50
10.88
11.25
11.63
ratings - consult factory)
KT28
KT29
KT30
J 600
600 RJ(S)
3/4 ST
KT34
KT35
KT36
Z
2002
2004
2020
2021
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Line to Line Jumper
Multiple Position Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Lug Over the Side (.312)
Stud
Feed Thru Solder
Solder Pin
Solder Pin (Slotted Screw)
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
MM=Dim X 25.4
70
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
97
97
97
101
101
99
97
97
97
100
103
103
103
103
Single Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 699/899 Series
150 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Phenolic, 150°C
Open Back Design (Insulator Strip Required for Voltage Rating)
JJ (GDI-30F) Material Available
Screws, #6-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-23 Poles
7/16” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #14-#16 AWG – 20 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
899 Series (Riveted KTs) – See page 97
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
ratings - consult factory)
Catalog
Description
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
1.19
1.63
2.06
2.50
2.94
3.38
3.81
4.25
4.69
5.12
5.56
6.00
6.44
6.87
7.31
7.75
8.19
8.62
9.06
9.50
9.94
10.37
10.81
0.88
1.31
1.75
2.19
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.94
4.38
4.81
5.25
5.69
6.13
6.56
7.00
7.44
7.88
8.31
8.75
9.19
9.63
10.06
10.50
KT46
=
KT47
=
KT48
=
J 601
=
601 RJ(S)=
3/4 ST
=
KT52
=
KT53
=
KT54
=
Z
=
2102
=
2104
=
2120
=
2121
=
PSB
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Line to Line Jumper
Multiple Position Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Lug Over the Side (.437)
Stud
Feed Thru Solder
Solder Pin
Solder Pin
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
97
97
97
101
101
99
97
97
97
100
103
103
103
103
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
MM=Dim X 25.4
71
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
699
Dimensions
Number
of
Poles
Single Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 812/912 Series
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Catalog
Description
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
812
812
812
812
812
812
812
812
812
812
812
812
812
812
812
812
812
812
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Base, Phenolic, 150°C
Open Back Design (Insulator Strip Required for Voltage Rating)
JJ (GDI-30F) Material Available
Screws, #8-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-18 Poles
9/16” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #12-#14 AWG – 30 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
912 Series (Riveted KTs) – See page 97
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
Number
of
Poles
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
1.53
2.09
2.66
3.22
3.78
4.34
4.91
5.47
6.03
6.59
7.16
7.72
8.28
8.84
9.41
9.97
10.53
11.09
1.13
1.69
2.25
2.81
3.38
3.94
4.50
5.06
5.63
6.19
6.75
7.31
7.88
8.44
9.00
9.56
10.13
10.69
Dimensions
ratings - consult factory)
KT73
KT74
KT75
J 602
3/4 ST
KT79
KT80
KT81
Z
2202
2204
PSB
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Line to Line Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Lug Over the Side (.641)
Stud
Feed Thru Solder
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
MM=Dim X 25.4
72
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
97
97
97
101
99
97
97
97
100
103
103
Single Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 1690 Series
300 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Phenolic, 150°C
Screws, #6-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Brass
7/16” Centers
Terminals, Plated Brass
Wire Range #14 Max. – 20 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
1691 GP / 1692 GP / 1693 GP
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
0.34
0.78
1.22
1.66
2.09
2.53
2.97
3.41
3.84
4.28
4.72
5.16
5.59
-0.44
0.88
1.31
1.75
2.19
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.94
4.38
4.81
5.25
Dimensions
1691 GP PSB / 1692 GP / 1693 GP
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
6.03
6.47
6.91
7.34
7.78
8.22
8.66
9.09
9.53
9.97
10.41
10.84
5.69
6.13
6.56
7.00
7.44
7.88
8.31
8.75
9.19
9.63
10.06
10.50
Dimensions
Add PSB after part #
MM=Dim X 25.4
1694 GP / 1695 GP / 1696 GP
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1.22
1.66
2.09
2.53
2.97
3.41
3.84
4.28
4.72
5.16
5.59
6.03
0.88
1.31
1.75
2.19
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.94
4.38
4.81
5.25
5.69
Dimensions
Solder terminal
K=.52 [13.10] W=.06 [1.59]
1692
Kliptite terminal
1693
Solder terminal
K=.58 [14.68] W=.13 [3.18]
1694
Solder terminal
K=.52 [13.10] W=.06 [1.59]
1695
Kliptite terminal
1696
Solder terminal
K=.58 [14.68] W=.13 [3.18]
1694 GP / 1695 GP / 1696 GP
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
6.47
6.91
7.34
7.78
8.22
8.66
9.09
9.53
9.97
10.41
10.84
6.13
6.56
7.00
7.44
7.88
8.31
8.75
9.19
9.63
10.06
10.50
Dimensions
Add PSB after part #
MM=Dim X 25.4
73
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
Number
of
Terminals
1691
Single Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 1690 Series
300 Volts
1697 GP / 1698 GP / 1699 GP
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
0.53
0.97
1.41
1.84
2.28
2.72
3.16
3.59
4.03
4.47
4.91
5.34
5.78
6.22
6.66
7.09
7.53
7.97
8.41
8.84
9.28
9.72
10.16
-0.44
0.88
1.31
1.75
2.19
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.94
4.38
4.81
5.25
5.69
6.13
6.56
7.00
7.44
7.88
8.31
8.75
9.19
9.63
Dimensions
MM=Dim X 25.4
Add PSB after part #
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
ratings - consult factory)
KT46
KT47
KT48
J 601
601 RJ(S)
3/4 ST
KT52
KT53
KT54
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Line to Line Jumper
Multiple Position Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat) .250
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend) .250
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend) .250
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
97
97
97
101
101
99
97
97
97
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
74
1697 GP
Solder Terminal
K=.52 W=.06
[13.10] [1.59]
1698 GP
Kliptite Terminal
1699 GP
Solder Terminal
K=.58 W=.13
[14.68] [3.18]
Single Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 2590 Series
150 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Phenolic, 150°C
Screws, #6-32 Binder Head, Slotted, Brass
3/8” Centers
Terminals, Plated Brass
Wire Range #16 Max. – 15 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
2591A GP / 2593A GP
2591A GP / 2593A GP
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1.19
1.56
1.94
2.31
2.69
3.06
3.44
3.81
4.19
4.56
4.94
5.31
0.75
1.13
1.50
1.88
2.25
2.63
3.00
3.38
3.75
4.13
4.50
4.88
Dimensions
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
5.69
6.06
6.44
6.81
7.19
7.56
7.94
8.31
8.69
9.06
9.44
5.25
5.63
6.00
6.38
6.75
7.13
7.50
7.88
8.25
8.63
9.00
Dimensions
Add PSB after part #
MM=Dim X 25.4
2597A GP / 2599A GP
2597A GP / 2599A GP
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
0.44
0.81
1.19
1.56
1.94
2.31
2.69
3.06
3.44
3.81
4.19
4.56
4.94
-0.38
0.75
1.13
1.50
1.88
2.25
2.63
3.00
3.38
3.75
4.13
4.50
Dimensions
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
5.31
5.69
6.06
6.44
6.81
7.19
7.56
7.94
8.31
8.69
9.06
9.44
4.88
5.25
5.63
6.00
6.38
6.75
7.13
7.50
7.88
8.25
8.63
9.00
Dimensions
Add PSB after part #
MM=Dim X 25.4
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect ratings - consult factory)
KT28
KT29
KT30
J 600
600 RJ(S)
3/4 ST
3000
2591A PC
2597A PC
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Line to Line Jumper
Multiple Position Jumper
Half Solder
Wire Wrap Lug (.641)
Printed Circuit (.20 X .062)
Printed Circuit (.20 X .062)
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
97
97
97
101
101
99
KT34
KT35
KT36
Z
Y
2593A PC
2599A PC
75
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Lug Over the Side (.172)
Lug Over the Side (.359)
Printed Circuit (.20 X .093)
Printed Circuit (.20 X .093)
See Page 97
See Page 97
See Page 97
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
Number
of
Terminals
Single Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 2690 Series
300 Volts
2697 GP / 2698 GP / 2699 GP
2697A GP / 2698A GP / 2699A GP
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
0.53
0.97
1.41
1.84
2.28
2.72
3.16
3.59
4.03
4.47
4.91
5.34
5.78
6.22
6.66
7.09
7.53
7.97
8.41
8.84
9.28
9.72
10.16
10.59
11.03
-0.44
0.88
1.31
1.75
2.19
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.94
4.38
4.81
5.25
5.69
6.13
6.56
7.00
7.44
7.88
8.31
8.75
9.19
9.63
10.06
10.50
Dimensions
Definition Barrier Ends:
2697 GP
2697A GP
2698 GP
2698A GP
2699 GP
2699A GP
MM=Dim X 25.4
Add PSB after part #
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
ratings - consult factory)
KT28
KT29
KT30
KT34
KT35
KT36
KT46
KT47
KT48
KT52
KT53
KT54
J 601
601 RJ(S)
3/4 ST
Z
Y
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat) .187
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend) .187
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend) .187
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat) .187
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend) .187
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend) .187
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat) .250
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend) .250
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend) .250
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat) .250
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend) .250
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend) .250
Line to Line Jumper
Multiple Position Jumper
Half Solder
Lug Over the Side (.344)
Lug Over the Side (.609)
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
101
101
99
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
76
=
=
=
=
=
=
#6-32
#8-32
#6-32
#8-32
#6-32
#8-32
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Screw,
Screw,
Screw,
Screw,
Screw,
Screw,
Printed Circuit Width = .062
Printed Circuit Width = .062
Solder Turret (not shown)
Solder Turret (not shown)
Printed Circuit Width = .093
Printed Circuit Width = .093
Single Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 2690 Series
300 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
Screws, #6-32 Binder Head, Slotted Or 8-32 Binder Head, Slotted, Brass
7/16” Centers
Terminals, Plated Brass
Wire Range #14-#16 AWG – 20 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
2694 GP / 2695 GP / 2696 GP
2694A GP / 2695A GP / 2696A GP
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
1.41
1.84
2.28
2.72
3.16
3.59
4.03
4.47
4.91
5.34
5.78
6.22
6.66
7.09
7.53
7.97
8.41
8.84
9.28
9.72
10.16
10.59
11.03
0.88
1.31
1.75
2.19
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.94
4.38
4.81
5.25
5.69
6.13
6.56
7.00
7.44
7.88
8.31
8.75
9.19
9.63
10.06
10.50
Dimensions
Definition Mount Ends:
2694 GP
2694A GP
2695 GP
2695A GP
2696 GP
2696A GP
=
=
=
=
=
=
#6-32
#8-32
#6-32
#8-32
#6-32
#8-32
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
*See page 76 for hardware options.
77
Screw,
Screw,
Screw,
Screw,
Screw,
Screw,
Printed Circuit Width = .062
Printed Circuit Width = .062
Solder Turret (not shown)
Solder Turret (not shown)
Printed Circuit Width = .093
Printed Circuit Width = .093
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
MM = Dim X 25.4
Add PSB after part #
Double Row Terminal Blocks
General Information:
Double Row Terminal Blocks are available in four basic line to line molding sizes. Some are available in either open or closed
back designs. The basic material is phenolic, however thermoplastic is also available on certain sizes. Modifications are also
provided on most terminal blocks, including marking strips.
Ratings and Standards:
The voltage ratings of terminal blocks are based upon the minimum spacing between electrically conductive parts line to line
through air and over surface and line to ground through air and over surface.
Class A
Service equipment including deadfront switchboards, panel boards, and service entrance devices.
Class B
Commercial appliances including business equipment, electronic data processing equipment and the like.
Class C
General industrial and machine tool controls which can be further defined as equipment falling under UL 508.
Ratings based on UL 1059 may be higher in some cases depending on application.
Spacing Requirements*:
Class A
Class B
Class C
Voltage
Thru Air
Over Surface
51-150
151-300
301-600
51-150
151-300
301-600
51-150
151-300
301-600
.500
.750
1.000
.063
.094
.375
.125
.250
.375
.750
1.250
2.000
.063
.094
.500
.250
.375
.500
*In Inches
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
Reference Chart:
Series
Catalog
Page
Amps
Volts
Base
Material
Max Wire
Size for Screw
Screw
Size
Inches
L to L
# of
Lines
100/670A GP
200/671 GP
79
80
20
20
150
300
Phenolic
Phenolic
#12
#12
6-32
6-32
.375
.437
1-36
1-30
200HB
81
20
600
Phenolic
#12
6-32
.437
1-30
300/672 GP
400
410
600
600A/800A
601/801
602/802
603
604
605
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
30
30
5
15
15
20
30
50
70
90
600
600
*300
300
300
300
300
600
600
600
Phenolic
Phenolic
Phenolic
Phenolic
Phenolic
Phenolic
Phenolic
Phenolic
Phenolic
Phenolic
#10
#10
#18
#12
#12
#12
#12
#10
#4
#2
8-32
10-32
2-56
5-40
6-32
6-32
8-32
10-32
12-32
1/4-28
.562
.687
.250
.375
.375
.437
.562
.687
.875
1.125
1-24
1-12
1-23
1-22
1-22
1-23
1-26
1-12
1-8
1-6
621 RZ
92
20
600
Thermoplastic
#12
6-32
.437
1-30
670A RZ
671 RZ
672 RZ
93
94
95
20
20
30
*300
*300
600
Thermoplastic
Thermoplastic
Thermoplastic
#12
#12
#10
6-32
6-32
8-32
.375
.437
.562
1-30
1-30
1-24
All voltage ratings based on Class C requirements unless noted.
Open back terminal blocks require an insulator strip to achieve voltage rating.
*Based on Class B requirements.
78
Features
Closed Back
Closed Back
High Barrier/
Closed Back
Closed Back
Closed Back
Open Back
Open Back
Open Back
Open Back
Open Back
Open Back
Open Back
Open Back
High Barrier/
Closed Back
Closed Back
Closed Back
Closed Back
Double Row Terminal Blocks
100 Series
Kulka® 670A GP Series
150 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
MSP
Catalog #
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
Closed Back Design
Screws, #6-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-36 Poles
3/8” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #12-#22 AWG – 20 Amps
Wire Range With Sems Pressure Screw #18-#22 AWG Stranded Copper Wire Only, 150 Volts 15 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Kulka®
Catalog #
Dimensions
# of poles
101
670A GP 01
1
102
670A GP 02
2
103
670A GP 03
3
104
670A GP 04
4
105
670A GP 05
5
106
670A GP 06
6
107
670A GP 07
7
108
670A GP 08
8
109
670A GP 09
9
110
670A GP 10
10
111
670A GP 11
11
112
670A GP 12
12
113
670A GP 13
13
114
670A GP 14
14
115
670A GP 15
15
116
670A GP 16
16
117
670A GP 17
17
118
670A GP 18
18
Top Mounted Hardware is .187” Wide
A
B
MSP
Catalog #
1.03
1.41
1.78
2.16
2.53
2.91
3.28
3.66
4.03
4.41
4.78
5.16
5.53
5.91
6.28
6.66
7.03
7.41
0.75
1.13
1.50
1.88
2.25
2.63
3.00
3.38
3.75
4.13
4.50
4.88
5.25
5.63
6.00
6.38
6.75
7.13
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
Kulka®
Catalog #
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Dimensions
# of poles
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
A
B
7.78
7.50
8.16
7.88
8.53
8.25
8.91
8.63
9.28
9.00
9.66
9.38
10.03
9.75
10.41
10.13
10.78
10.50
11.16
10.88
11.53
11.25
11.91
11.63
12.28
12.00
12.66
12.38
13.03
12.75
13.41
13.13
13.78
13.50
14.16
13.88
MM=Dim X 25.4
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect ratings - consult factory)
(HS)
(HF1)
(HF2)
(HF3)
(L)
KULKA
KT19
=
KT20
=
KT21
=
ST
=
J 600
=
600RJ(S) =
3/4 ST
=
KT25
=
KT26
=
KT27
=
Y
=
LWW
=
YSY
=
PSB
=
Full Quick Connect (0° flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Full Solder
Line to Line Jumper
Multiple Position Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Feed Thru Solder (.312)
Feed Thru Wire Wrap (.593)
Feed Thru Solder (.500)
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
79
98
98
98
99
101
101
99
98
98
98
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
MSP
(F1)
(F2)
(F3)
(S)
(LL100)
Double Row Terminal Blocks
200 Series
Kulka® 671 GP Series
300 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
MSP
Catalog #
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
Closed Back Design
Screws, #6-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-30 Poles
7/16” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #12-#22 AWG – 20 Amps
Wire Range With Sems Pressure Screw #12-#22 AWG Stranded Copper Wire Only, 20 Amps
Will Accommodate Lugs For Wire Sizes #10-#16 AWG – 30 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Kulka®
Catalog #
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
Dimensions
# of poles
A
B
MSP
Catalog #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1.19
1.62
2.06
2.50
2.94
3.37
3.81
4.25
4.69
5.12
5.56
6.00
6.44
6.87
7.31
0.88
1.31
1.75
2.19
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.94
4.38
4.81
5.25
5.69
6.13
6.56
7.00
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
MM=Dim X 25.4
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
MSP
(F1)
(F2)
(F3)
(S)
(LL 200)
KULKA
KT37
=
KT38
=
KT39
=
ST
=
J601
=
601RJ(S) =
(HS)
3/4 ST
=
(HF1)
KT43
=
(HF2)
KT44
=
(HF3)
KT45
=
(SP)
3765
=
(SPSE) 3767
=
(L)
LWW
Y
YSY
PSB
=
=
=
=
ratings - consult factory)
Full Quick Connect (0° flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Full Solder
Line to Line Jumper
Multiple Position Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw
with External Tooth Lock Washer
Feed Thru Wire Wrap (.640)
Feed Thru Solder (.437)
Feed Thru Solder (.625)
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
98
98
98
99
101
101
99
98
98
98
101
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
80
Kulka®
Catalog #
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Dimensions
# of poles
A
B
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
7.75
8.19
8.62
9.06
9.50
9.94
10.37
10.81
11.25
11.69
12.12
12.56
13.00
13.44
13.87
7.44
7.88
8.31
8.75
9.19
9.63
10.06
10.50
10.94
11.38
11.81
12.25
12.69
13.13
13.56
Double Row Terminal Blocks
200 HB Series (High Barrier)
600 Volts
(See Page 92 for Thermoplastic Version 621 RZ)
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150° C
Closed Back Design
Screws, #6-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-30 Poles
7/16” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #12-#22 AWG – 20 Amps
Wire Range With Sems Pressure Screw #12-#22 AWG Stranded Copper Wire Only, 20 Amps
Will Accommodate Lugs For Wire Sizes #10-#16 AWG – 30 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
Dimensions
Catalog #
# of poles
A
B
Catalog #
# of poles
A
B
201HB
202HB
203HB
204HB
205HB
206HB
207HB
208HB
209HB
210HB
211HB
212HB
213HB
214HB
215HB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1.19
1.62
2.06
2.50
2.94
3.37
3.81
4.25
4.69
5.12
5.56
6.00
6.44
6.87
7.31
0.88
1.31
1.75
2.19
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.94
4.38
4.81
5.25
5.69
6.13
6.56
7.00
216HB
217HB
218HB
219HB
220HB
221HB
222HB
223HB
224HB
225HB
226HB
227HB
228HB
229HB
230HB
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
7.75
8.19
8.62
9.06
9.50
9.94
10.37
10.81
11.25
11.69
12.12
12.56
13.00
13.44
13.87
7.44
7.88
8.31
8.75
9.19
9.63
10.06
10.50
10.94
11.38
11.81
12.25
12.69
13.13
13.56
MM = Dim x 25.4
Top Mounted Hardware is .250” Wide
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
ratings - consult factory)
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
LWW
Y(L)
YSY
PSB
=
=
=
=
Full Quick Connect (0° flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Full Solder
Line to Line Jumper
Multiple Position Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw
with External Tooth Lock Washer
Feed Thru Wire Wrap (.640)
Feed Thru Solder (.625)
Feed Thru Solder (.437)
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
98
98
98
99
101
101
99
98
98
98
101
81
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
(F1)
(F2)
(F3)
(S)
LL 200HB
601 RJ(S)
(HS)
(HF1)
(HF2)
(HF3)
(SP)
(SPSE)
Double Row Terminal Blocks
300 Series
Kulka® 672 GP Series
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
MSP
Catalog #
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
Closed Back Design
Screws, #8-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-24 Poles
9/16” Centers
Wire Range with Wire Binding Screw # 10 - #14 AWG - 30 Amps
Wire Range with Sems Pressure Screw #10 - #22 AWG Stranded Copper Wire Only, 30 Amps
Will Accommodate Lugs for Wire Sizes #10 - #16 AWG - 30 Amps
The Suitability of These Devices for Greater Currents Shall Be Determined in the End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Kulka®
Catalog #
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
Dimensions
# of poles
A
B
MSP
Catalog #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1.54
2.10
2.66
3.22
3.79
4.35
4.91
5.47
6.04
6.60
7.16
7.72
1.13
1.69
2.25
2.81
3.38
3.94
4.50
5.06
5.63
6.19
6.75
7.31
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
Top Mounted Hardware is .250” Wide
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
ratings - consult factory)
(L)
KULKA
KT55
KT56
KT57
ST
J 602
3/4 ST
KT61
KT62
KT63
3786
LWW
Y
YSY
PSB
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat)
See
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend) See
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend) See
Full Solder
See
Line to Line Jumper
See
Half Solder
See
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
See
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend) See
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend) See
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw See
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw
with External Tooth Lock Washer
Feed Thru Wire Wrap (1.00)
Feed Thru Solder (.437)
Feed Thru Solder (.625)
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Dimensions
# of poles
A
B
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
8.29
8.85
9.41
9.97
10.54
11.10
11.66
12.22
12.79
13.35
13.91
14.47
7.88
8.44
9.00
9.56
10.13
10.69
11.25
11.81
12.38
12.94
13.50
14.06
MM = Dim x 25.4
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
MSP
(F1)
(F2)
(F3)
(S)
(LL 300)
(HS)
(HF1)
(HF2)
(HF3)
(SP)
(SPSE)
Kulka®
Catalog #
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
98
98
98
99
101
99
98
98
98
101
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
82
Double Row Terminal Blocks
400 Series
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
Closed Back Design
Screws, #10-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-12 Poles
11/16” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #10-#22 AWG – 30 Amps
Wire Range With Sems Pressure Screw #10-#22 AWG Stranded Copper Wire Only, 30 Amps
Will Accommodate Lugs For Wire Sizes #6-#16 AWG – 65 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
Hardware Options: (Hardware options
may affect ratings consult factory)
PSB
=
SPSE
=
J 603 (LL 400) =
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw
Line to Line Jumper
Catalog #
# of poles
A
B
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1.81
2.50
3.19
3.88
4.56
5.25
5.94
6.62
7.31
8.00
8.68
9.37
1.38
2.06
2.75
3.44
4.12
4.81
5.50
6.19
6.88
7.56
8.25
8.94
See Page 101
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
83
Double Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 410 GP Series
300 Volts*
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Phenolic, 150°C
Open Back Design (Insulator Strip Required for Voltage Rating)
JJ (GDI-30F) Material Available
Screws, #2-56 X 7/32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Brass
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-23 Poles
1/4” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #18-#20 AWG – 5 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
Catalog #
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
# of poles
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
Dimensions
Catalog #
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
* Voltage Based on Class B Requirements
MM = Dim X 25.4
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
ratings - consult factory)
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
J 410
Y
1921
=
=
=
Line To Line Jumper
Feed Thru Solder (.312)
Printed Circuit Pin (.109)
See Page 101
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
84
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
# of poles
A
B
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
Double Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 600 GP Series
300 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
Base, Phenolic, 150°C
•
JJ (GDI-30F) Material Available
•
Open Back Design (Insulator Strip Required for
Voltage Rating)
•
Screws, #5-40 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Brass
•
Terminals, Plated Brass
•
1-22 Poles
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater
Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
•
•
•
•
3/8” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw
#12-#22 AWG – 15 Amps
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
Dimensions
Catalog #
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
# of poles
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1.03
1.41
1.78
2.16
2.53
2.91
3.28
3.66
4.03
4.41
4.78
0.75
1.13
1.50
1.88
2.25
2.63
3.00
3.38
3.75
4.13
4.50
Catalog #
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
PSB
# of poles
A
B
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
5.16
5.53
5.91
6.28
6.66
7.03
7.41
7.78
8.16
8.53
8.91
4.88
5.25
5.63
6.00
6.38
6.75
7.13
7.50
7.88
8.25
8.63
Top Mounted Hardware is .187” Wide
MM = Dim X 25.4
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
ratings - consult factory)
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Full Quick Connect (0° flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Full Solder
Line to Line Jumper
Multiple Position Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Feed Thru Solder (.312)
Feed Thru Solder (.500)
Lug Over the Side (.625)
Feed Thru Solder
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
98
98
98
99
101
101
99
98
98
98
100
100
100
103
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
85
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
KT19
KT20
KT21
ST
J 600
600 RJ(S)
3/4 ST
KT25
KT26
KT27
Y
YSY
Z
2004
Double Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 600A/800A GP Series
300 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Phenolic, 150°C
•
JJ (GDI-30F) Material Available
•
Open Back Design (Insulator Strip Required for
for Voltage Rating)
•
Screws, #6-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
•
Terminals, Plated Brass
•
1-22 Poles
•
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater
Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
3/8” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw
#12-#22 AWG – 15 Amps
800A Series (Riveted KTs) – See page 98
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
Catalog #
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
Dimensions
# of poles
A
B
Catalog #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1.03
1.41
1.78
2.16
2.53
2.91
3.28
3.66
4.03
4.41
4.78
0.75
1.13
1.50
1.88
2.25
2.63
3.00
3.38
3.75
4.13
4.50
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
600A
Top Mounted Hardware is .187” Wide
MM = Dim X 25.4
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
ratings - consult factory)
KT19
KT20
KT21
ST
J 600
600 RJ(S)
3/4 ST
KT25
KT26
KT27
3865
Y
YSY
Z
2002
PSB
3860
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Full Solder
Line to Line Jumper
Multiple Position Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Wire Clamp Screw
Feed Thru Solder (.312)
Feed Thru Solder (.500)
Lug Over the Side (.625)
Stud
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
Wire Clamp Screw Brass
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
98
98
98
99
101
101
99
98
98
98
101
See Page 103
See Page 101
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
86
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
# of poles
A
B
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
5.16
5.53
5.91
6.28
6.66
7.03
7.41
7.78
8.16
8.53
8.91
4.88
5.25
5.63
6.00
6.38
6.75
7.13
7.50
7.88
8.25
8.63
Double Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 601/801 GP Series
300 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
JJ (GDI-30F) Material Available
Open Back Design (Insulator Strip Required for Voltage Rating)
Screws, #6-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-23 Poles
7/16” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #12-#22 AWG – 20 Amps
Will Accommodate Lugs For Wire Sizes #10-#16 AWG – 30 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
801 Series (Riveted KTs) – See page 98
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
Catalog #
601
601
601
601
601
601
601
601
601
601
601
601
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
# of poles
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1.19
1.62
2.06
2.50
2.94
3.37
3.81
4.25
4.69
5.12
5.56
6.00
0.88
1.31
1.75
2.19
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.94
4.38
4.81
5.25
5.69
Dimensions
Catalog #
601
601
601
601
601
601
601
601
601
601
601
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
# of poles
A
B
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
6.44
6.87
7.31
7.75
8.19
8.62
9.06
9.50
9.94
10.37
10.81
6.13
6.56
7.00
7.44
7.88
8.31
8.75
9.19
9.63
10.06
10.50
Top Mounted Hardware is .250” Wide
MM = Dim X 25.4
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
ratings - consult factory)
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Full Solder
Line to Line Jumper
Multiple Position Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Wire Clamp Screw
Feed Thru Solder (.422)
Feed Thru Solder (.687)
Stud
Feed Thru Solder
Individual Screw Terminals
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
Wire Clamp Screw
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
98
98
98
99
101
101
99
98
98
98
101
100
100
103
103
103
See Page 101
87
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
KT37
KT38
KT39
ST
J 601
601 RJ(S)
3/4 ST
KT43
KT44
KT45
3765
Y
YSY
2102
2104
2108
PSB
3760
Double Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 602/802 GP Series
300 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
JJ (GDI-30F) Material Available
Open Back Design (Insulator Strip Required for Voltage Rating)
Screws, #8-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-26 Poles
9/16” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #12-#14 AWG – 30 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
802 Series (Riveted KTs) – See page 98
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
Catalog #
# of poles
A
Dimensions
B
602 GP 01
1
1.54
602 GP 02
2
2.10
602 GP 03
3
2.66
602 GP 04
4
3.22
602 GP 05
5
3.79
602 GP 06
6
4.35
602 GP 07
7
4.91
602 GP 08
8
5.47
602 GP 09
9
6.04
602 GP 10
10
6.60
602 GP 11
11
7.16
602 GP 12
12
7.72
602 GP 13
13
8.29
Top Mounted Hardware is .250” Wide
MM = Dim X 25.4
Catalog #
1.13
1.69
2.25
2.81
3.38
3.94
4.50
5.06
5.63
6.19
6.75
7.31
7.88
602
602
602
602
602
602
602
602
602
602
602
602
602
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
ratings - consult factory)
KT55
KT56
KT57
ST
J602
3/4 ST
KT61
KT62
KT63
3786
Y
YSY
Z
2202
PSB
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Full Solder
Line to Line Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Wire Clamp Screw
Feed Thru Solder (.500)
Feed Thru Solder (.672)
Lug Over the Side (.609)
Stud
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
98
98
98
99
101
99
98
98
98
101
100
100
100
103
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
88
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
# of poles
A
B
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
8.85
9.41
9.97
10.54
11.10
11.66
12.22
12.79
13.35
13.91
14.47
15.04
15.60
8.44
9.00
9.56
10.13
10.69
11.25
11.81
12.38
12.94
13.50
14.06
14.63
15.19
Double Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 603 GP Series
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
JJ (GDI-30F) Material Available
Open Back Design (Insulator Strip Required for Voltage Rating)
Screws, #10-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-12 Poles
11/16” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #10-#12 AWG – 50 Amps
Will Accommodate Lugs For Wire Sizes #6-#16 AWG – 65 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
Catalog #
# of poles
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1.81
2.50
3.19
3.88
4.56
5.25
5.94
6.62
7.31
8.00
8.68
9.37
1.38
2.06
2.75
3.44
4.12
4.81
5.50
6.19
6.88
7.56
8.25
8.94
603 GP 01
603 GP 02
603 GP 03
603 GP 04
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect 603 GP 05
ratings - consult factory)
603 GP 06
603 GP 07
J 603
=
Line to Line Jumper
See Page 101
603 GP 08
Y
=
Feed Thru Solder (.60) See Page 100
603 GP 09
2302
=
Stud
See Page 103
603 GP 10
PSB
=
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
603 GP 11
603 GP 12
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
MM = Dim X 25.4
.75
[19.1]
A
.22
[5.5]
B
Ø.20 [Ø5.2] THRU C'BORE
Ø.25 [6.4] X .09 [2.3] DP.
.69
[17.4]
.63
[15.9]
.48
[12.1]
#10-32 X .38[9.5]
BD HD SCREW
89
1.81
[46.0]
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
1.06
[27.0]
.44
[11.1]
Double Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 604 GP Series
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
JJ (GDI-30F) Material Available
Open Back Design (Insulator Strip Required for Voltage Rating)
Screws, #12-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Brass
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-8 Poles
7/8” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #4-#12 AWG – 70 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
Catalog #
604 GP 01 PSB
604 GP 02 PSB
604 GP 03 PSB
604 GP 04 PSB
604 GP 05 PSB
604 GP 06 PSB
604 GP 07 PSB
604 GP 08 PSB
MM = Dim X 25.4
# of poles
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2.28
3.16
4.03
4.91
5.78
6.66
7.53
8.41
1.75
2.63
3.50
4.38
5.25
6.13
7.00
7.88
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect ratings - consult factory)
2402
J 604
=
=
Stud 10 - 32 Brass (.43 H) Nuts Included
Line to Line Jumper
See Page 103
See Page 101
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
90
Double Row Terminal Blocks
Kulka® 605 GP Series
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150°C
JJ (GDI-30F) Material Available
Open Back Design (Insulator Strip Required for Voltage Rating)
Screws, #1/4-28 Binder Head, Slotted, Brass
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-6 Poles
1-1/8” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #2-#12 AWG – 90 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
Catalog #
605 GP 01 SLB
605 GP 02 SLB
605 GP 03 SLB
605 GP 04 SLB
605 GP 05 SLB
605 GP 06 SLB
MM = Dim X 25.4
# of poles
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
2.88
4.00
5.13
6.25
7.38
8.50
2.25
3.38
4.50
5.63
6.75
7.88
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect ratings - consult factory)
2502
J 605
PSB
=
=
=
Stud 1/4 - 28 Brass (.750 H) Nuts Included
Line to Line Jumper
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
See Page 103
See Page 101
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
91
Double Row Terminal Blocks
621 RZ Series
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Thermoplastic, 125°C (U.L. RTI)
Closed Back Design
Screws, #6-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-30 Poles
7/16” Centers
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater
Currents Shall Be Determined In The
End-Use Application
•
•
•
•
•
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw
#12-#22 AWG – 20 Amps
Wire Range With Sems Pressure Screw #12-#22
AWG Stranded Copper Wire Only – 20 Amps
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
Catalog #
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
# of poles
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1.19
1.62
2.06
2.50
2.94
3.37
3.81
4.25
4.69
5.12
5.56
6.00
6.44
6.87
7.31
0.88
1.31
1.75
2.19
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.94
4.38
4.81
5.25
5.69
6.13
6.56
7.00
Dimensions
Catalog #
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
Top Mounted Hardware is .250” Wide
MM = Dim X 25.4
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
ratings - consult factory)
KT37
KT38
KT39
ST
LL 200 HB
601 RJ(S)
3/4 ST
KT43
KT44
KT45
3765
3767
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
PSB
=
Full Quick Connect (0° flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Full Solder
Line to Line Jumper
Multiple Position Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw
with External Tooth Lock Washer
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
98
98
98
99
101
101
99
98
98
98
101
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
92
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
# of poles
A
B
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
7.75
8.19
8.62
9.06
9.50
9.94
10.37
10.81
11.25
11.69
12.12
12.56
13.00
13.44
13.87
7.44
7.88
8.31
8.75
9.19
9.63
10.06
10.50
10.94
11.38
11.81
12.25
12.69
13.13
13.56
Double Row Terminal Blocks
670A RZ Series
300 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Thermoplastic, 130°C (U.L. RTI)
Closed Back Design
Screws, #6-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-30 Poles
3/8” Centers
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater
Currents Shall Be Determined In The
End-Use Application
•
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw
#12-#22 AWG – 20 Amps
Wire Range With Sems Pressure Screw
#14-#22 AWG Stranded Or Solid Wire
(Cat. Designation 3865)
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
•
•
•
•
Dimensions
Catalog #
# of poles
A
Dimensions
B
670A RZ 01
1
1.03
670A RZ 02
2
1.41
670A RZ 03
3
1.78
670A RZ 04
4
2.16
670A RZ 05
5
2.53
670A RZ 06
6
2.91
670A RZ 07
7
3.28
670A RZ 08
8
3.66
670A RZ 09
9
4.03
670A RZ 10
10
4.41
670A RZ 11
11
4.78
670A RZ 12
12
5.16
670A RZ 13
13
5.53
670A RZ 14
14
5.91
670A RZ 15
15
6.28
Top Mounted Hardware is .187” Wide
MM = Dim X 25.4
Catalog #
0.75
1.13
1.50
1.88
2.25
2.63
3.00
3.38
3.75
4.13
4.50
4.88
5.25
5.63
6.00
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
670A
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
# of poles
A
B
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
6.66
7.03
7.41
7.78
8.16
8.53
8.91
9.28
9.66
10.03
10.41
10.78
11.16
11.53
11.91
6.38
6.75
7.13
7.50
7.88
8.25
8.63
9.00
9.38
9.75
10.13
10.50
10.88
11.25
11.63
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
ratings - consult factory)
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Full Solder
Line to Line Jumper
Multiple Position Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw
Feed Thru Solder (.312)
Feed Thru Solder (.500)
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
98
98
98
99
101
101
99
98
98
98
101
100
100
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
93
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
KT19
KT20
KT21
ST
J 600
600 RJ(S)
3/4 ST
KT25
KT26
KT27
3865
Y(L)
YSY
PSB
Double Row Terminal Blocks
671 RZ Series
300 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Thermoplastic, 125°C (U.L. RTI)
Closed Back Design
Screws, #6-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-30 Poles
7/16” Centers
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater
Currents Shall Be Determined In The
End-Use Application
•
•
•
•
•
•
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw
#12-#22 AWG – 20 Amps
Wire Range With Sems Pressure Screw #12-#22
AWG Stranded Copper Wire Only – 20 Amps
Will Accommodate Lugs For Wire Sizes
#10-#16 AWG – 30 Amps
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
Catalog #
# of poles
A
671 RZ 01
1
1.19
671 RZ 02
2
1.62
671 RZ 03
3
2.06
671 RZ 04
4
2.50
671 RZ 05
5
2.94
671 RZ 06
6
3.37
671 RZ 07
7
3.81
671 RZ 08
8
4.25
671 RZ 09
9
4.69
671 RZ 10
10
5.12
671 RZ 11
11
5.56
671 RZ 12
12
6.00
671 RZ 13
13
6.44
671 RZ 14
14
6.87
671 RZ 15
15
7.31
Top Mounted Hardware is .250” Wide
MM = Dim X 25.4
Dimensions
B
Catalog #
0.88
1.31
1.75
2.19
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.94
4.38
4.81
5.25
5.69
6.13
6.56
7.00
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
671
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
ratings - consult factory)
KT37
KT38
KT39
ST
J 601
601 RJ(S)
3/4 ST
KT43
KT44
KT45
3765
3767
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
PSB
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat)
See
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
See
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
See
Full Solder
See
Line to Line Jumper
See
Multiple Position Jumper
See
Half Solder
See
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
See
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend) See
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend) See
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw
See
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw with
External Tooth Lock Washer
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
98
98
98
99
101
101
99
98
98
98
101
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
94
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
# of poles
A
B
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
7.75
8.19
8.62
9.06
9.50
9.94
10.37
10.81
11.25
11.69
12.12
12.56
13.00
13.44
13.87
7.44
7.88
8.31
8.75
9.19
9.63
10.06
10.50
10.94
11.38
11.81
12.25
12.69
13.13
13.56
Double Row Terminal Blocks
672 RZ Series
600 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Thermoplastic, 125°C (U.L. RTI)
Closed Back Design
Screws, #8-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Steel
Terminals, Plated Brass
1-24 Poles
9/16” Centers
Wire Range With Wire Binding Screw #10-#14 AWG – 30 Amps
Wire Range With Sems Pressure Screw #10-#22 AWG Stranded Copper Wire Only – 30 Amps
The Suitability Of These Devices For Greater Currents Shall Be Determined In The End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E47811
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Dimensions
Catalog #
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
# of poles
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1.54
2.10
2.66
3.22
3.79
4.35
4.91
5.47
6.04
6.60
7.16
7.72
1.13
1.69
2.25
2.81
3.38
3.94
4.50
5.06
5.63
6.19
6.75
7.31
Dimensions
Catalog #
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
672
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
RZ
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
# of poles
A
B
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
8.29
8.85
9.41
9.97
10.54
11.10
11.66
12.22
12.79
13.35
13.91
14.47
7.88
8.44
9.00
9.56
10.13
10.69
11.25
11.81
12.38
12.94
13.50
14.06
Top Mounted Hardware is .250” Wide
MM = Dim X 25.4
Hardware Options: (Hardware options may affect
ratings - consult factory)
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
PSB
=
Full Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Full Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Full Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Full Solder
Line to Line Jumper
Half Solder
Half Quick Connect (0° Flat)
Half Quick Connect (45° Bend)
Half Quick Connect (90° Bend)
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw
Sems Pressure Saddle Screw
with External Tooth Lock Washer
Phil-Slot Brass Screw
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
See
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
98
98
98
99
101
99
98
98
98
101
See pages 96-111 for terminal block accessories
95
Single/Double Row Terminal Blocks
KT55
KT56
KT57
ST
J 602
3/4 ST
KT61
KT62
KT63
3786
3787
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Kliptite (Quick Connect)
Specifications:
Kliptite (Quick Connect) accept standard female wire terminals. These Kliptites are ideal for applications that require a
positive, yet quick disconnect termination. Kliptites are assembled to the block with screws or in some applications riveted to
the block.
Kliptites are available in 0°, 45° and 90° bends; one side or two side.
Single Row:
Screw
Construction
Rivet
Construction
Tab
Width
Tab
Thickness
411
—
.110
.020
599
799
.187
.020
699
899
.250
.032
812
912
.250
.032
2590
1
—
.187
.020
1690
2
—
.250
.032
2690
3
—
.250
.032
Rivet
Construction
Tab
Width
Tab
Thickness
—
.187
.020
—
.250
.032
—
.250
.032
1) 2590 Series use the 599 series Kliptites.
2) 1690 Series insulated feed-thru blocks use the 699 Kliptites.
3) 2690 Series PC block use the 699 Kliptites.
Double Row:
Screw
Construction
100, 670, 670A, 670ARZ
4
200, 671, 671RZ, 200HB, 621RZ
300, 672, 672RZ
600, 600A
6
5
800A
.187
.020
601
801
.250
.032
602
802
.250
.032
603
—
—
—
4) 100, 670, 670A, 670ARZ Series use the 600, 600A Kliptites.
5) 200, 671, 671RZ, 200HB, 621RZ Series use the 601 Kliptites.
6) 300, 672, 672RZ Series use same as 602 Kliptites.
96
Kliptite Quick Connect
Single Row
411 Series
599 Series
699 Series
812 Series
Screw Construction
Tab Width .110
Tab Thickness .020
Screw Construction
Tab Width .187
Tab Thickness .020
Screw Construction
Tab Width .250
Tab Thickness .032
Screw Construction
Tab Width .250
Tab Thickness .032
799 Series
899 Series
912 Series
Rivet Construction
Tab Width .187
Tab Thickness .020
Specifications - see
page 70 (599)
Rivet Construction
Tab Width .250
Tab Thickness .032
Specifications - see
page 71 (699)
Rivet Construction
Tab Width .250
Tab Thickness .032
Specifications - see
page 72 (812)
TWO SIDE TABS
TWO SIDE TABS
TWO SIDE TABS
TWO SIDE TABS
ONE SIDE TABS
ONE SIDE TABS
ONE SIDE TABS
ONE SIDE TABS
Material: Brass
Finish: TIN
97
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Kliptite Quick Connect
Double Row
100, 600, 600A
670, 670A, 670A RZ
Series
601, 200, 200HB
621, 671 Series
300 Series
602, 672 Series
603 Series
Screw Construction
Tab Width .187
Tab Thickness .020
Screw Construction
Tab Width .250
Tab Thickness .032
Screw Construction
Tab Width .250
Tab Thickness .032
Screw Construction
Tab Width .250
Tab Thickness .032
800A Series
801 Series
802 Series
Rivet Construction
Tab Width .187
Tab Thickness .020
Specifications - see
page 86 (600A)
Rivet Construction
Tab Width .250
Tab Thickness .032
Specifications - see
page 87 (601)
Rivet Construction
Tab Width .250
Tab Thickness .032
Specifications - see
page 88 (602)
TWO SIDE TABS
TWO SIDE TABS
TWO SIDE TABS
TWO SIDE TABS
ONE SIDE TABS
ONE SIDE TABS
ONE SIDE TABS
ONE SIDE TABS
Material: Brass
Finish: TIN
98
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Solder Terminal Lugs: ST & 3/4 ST Types
Figure 1A
Figure 1
Figure 3A
Figure 2
411ST
411-3/4ST
599-3/4ST
600ST
600-3/4ST
601ST
601-3/4ST
602ST
602-3/4ST
699-3/4ST
812-3/4ST
Figure 3
Figure
A
B
C
D
E
FIG 2
FIG 3
FIG 3A
FIG 3
FIG 3A
FIG 3
FIG 3A
FIG 2
FIG 2
0.56
1.22
0.92
1.58
1.17
1.85
1.37
0.70
0.88
-0.75
-0.94
-1.06
----
-0.69
-0.84
-0.94
----
--
0.28
F
G
H
FIGURE 1
FIGURE 1A
0.16
0.06
0.16
J
M
N
R
0.032
0.144
0.093
0.11
-0.15
-0.17
-0.20
0.13
0.19
0.31
0.28
0.16
0.06
0.16
0.032
0.144
0.093
0.42
0.31
0.21
0.06
0.21
0.036
0.148
0.125
0.50
0.41
0.28
0.09
0.28
0.036
0.177
0.125
---
0.31
0.41
0.21
0.28
0.06
0.09
0.21
0.28
0.032
0.037
0.146
0.177
0.125
0.125
* To ensure solderability, use within six (6) months.
MM = Dim X 25.4
ST = (S)
3/4 ST = (HS)
99
T
ALSO USED ON
--
2590, 2590A
600A, 670A
--
200HB, 621RZ
--
672
---
1690, 2690
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Solder Terminal Lugs: Y, YSY & Z Types
Material: Brass Finish Electro-Tin Plated
Figure 1
Style “Y”
“YSY”
Figure 2
Figure 3
Same as Fig 1 except as shown
Same as Fig 1 except as shown
Figure 4
Style “Z”
Figure 5
Same as Fig 4 except as shown
Figure 6
Note: For Factory Assembly only onto 603 Terminal Boards
Catalog #
599Z & 600Y
600YSY
600Z
699Z & 601Y
601YSY
602Y
812Z & 602YSY
602Z
603Y
Figure
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
3
3
4
1
2
1
2
5
A
0.28
B
0.48
0.73
0.31
0.43
0.63
0.75
0.70
0.40
1.09
FIGURE 6
C
D
Detail R
Style “Y”
“YSY”
“XY”
E
F
H
0.63
0.036
0.33
0.085
0.82
0.036
0.25
0.140
0.94
0.80
0.036
0.44
0.099
1.07
0.52
0.95
0.125
0.040
0.52
1.13
0.38
0.203
1.06
Note: for factory assembly only to 603
J
M
NA
0.144
NA
0.31
0.160
0.143
0.148
NA
NA
0.177
0.50
terminal block
MM = Dim X 25.4
* To ensure solderability, use within six (6) months.
100
Style “Z”
L (see detail R)
also used on
599Z=0.31, 600Y=0.31
0.50
0.62
699Z=0.42, 601Y=0.42
0.69
0.49
812Z=0.64, 602YSY=0.67
0.60
0.60
670A RZ
670A RZ
670A RZ
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
J & LL Type Jumper
J & JS Jumpers
J 600 = LL 100
J 601 = LL 200
J 602 = LL 300
LL 200HB
Catalog #
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
J 410 (J411)
J 600
J 601
J 602
J 603
J 604
J 605
JS 600
JS 601
JS 602
LL 200HB
0.41
0.62
0.71
0.91
1.13
1.38
1.75
0.62
0.71
0.91
0.69
0.25
0.38
0.45
0.56
0.69
0.88
1.13
0.38
0.45
0.56
0.44
0.19
0.25
0.31
0.37
0.43
0.50
0.62
0.25
0.31
0.37
0.30
0.09
0.12
0.15
0.18
0.21
0.25
0.31
0.12
0.15
0.18
0.17
0.10
0.16
0.19
0.27
0.25
0.35
0.39
0.16
0.19
0.27
0.38
0.04
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.12
0.15
0.24
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.07
0.010
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.031
0.035
0.035
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.094
0.156
0.166
0.190
0.201
0.234
0.266
0.156
0.166
0.190
0.141
0.08
0.08
0.11
0.16
0.24
0.32
0.54
0.08
0.11
0.16
0.11
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.16
0.17
0.14
0.14
MM = Dim X 25.4
JS Type Jumper
*Per 55164/28B
Material: Brass
Finish: Nickel Plate
Note 1: These parts are not necessarily supplied flat. The functioning of the part, however will not be interfered.
Note 2: All dimensions are applicable after the bus (jumper) is torqued down into the associate terminal board
RJ Type Jumpers
Material: Brass
Finish: Nickel Plate
Max. no. of sections = 24
Max. no. of sections = 24
600 RJ
601 RJ
Note: 670ARZ, 599 Series: Use 600 RJ
RJS Type Jumpers
Material: Brass
Finish: Nickel Plate
Max. no. of sections = 24
Max. no. of sections = 24
600 RJS
601 RJS
Note: 670ARZ, 599 Series: Use 600 RJS
Wire Clamp
Catalog # Material Finish Screw Thread
3786
3765
3780
3760
3860
3865
Steel
Nickel
Brass
Nickel
Brass
Steel
Nickel
Nickel
8-32
6-32
8-32
6-32
6-32
6-32
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
UNC
L
A
0.38
0.31
0.38
0.31
0.30
0.30
0.41
0.33
0.41
0.33
0.29
0.29
MM = Dim X 25.4
Note: “Termi-lox” washer or equal
Straddle Plate
CAT. NO.
SPB
SPB
SPB
SPB
SPB
SPB
600
601
602
603
604
605
A
B
C
D
E
F
MATERIAL
FINISH
0.56
0.71
0.87
1.03
1.21
1.46
0.31
0.42
0.50
0.62
0.75
0.87
0.30
0.30
0.40
0.45
0.54
0.63
0.032
0.031
0.032
0.063
0.087
0.116
0.144
0.148
0.189
0.190
0.187
0.220
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.143
0.138
0.138
BRASS
BRASS
BRASS
BRASS
BRASS
BRASS
TIN
NICKEL
NICKEL
TIN
TIN
NICKEL
MM = Dim X 25.4
101
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Kulka® Fanning Strips
Specifications:
•
•
Terminals, Brass, Tin Plated
Material:
XP = Phenolic, Black
GME = Glass Cloth Melamine, Per MIL-M-14 Light Brown Term
649 SERIES FOR 410 & 411 SERIES TERMINAL BLOCKS
649 SERIES
649A SERIES
Available in XP phenolic only.
650 SERIES
651 SERIES
652 SERIES
FOR 599, 600, 670A RZ SERIES TERMINAL BLOCKS
FOR 601 & 699 SERIES TERMINAL BLOCKS
FOR 602 & 812 SERIES TERMINAL BLOCKS
(L) LEFT
(R) RIGHT
102
SERIES
650
651
652
W
.50
.63
.63
SERIES
650A
651A
652A
Kulka® Stud and Turret Terminal Blocks
Marathon Offers Kulka® Terminal Blocks with Stud and Turret Configurations:
Threaded Stud
Catalog #
Figure
599 GP 2002 XX
600A GP 2002 XX
601 GP 2102 XX
602 GP 2202 XX
603 GP 2302 XX
604 GP 2402 XX
605 GP 2502 XX
699 GP 2102 XX
812 GP 2202 XX
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
3
3
A
B
C
0.38
0.38
0.44
0.56
0.69
0.88
1.13
0.44
0.56
0.34
0.38
0.44
0.50
0.50
0.44
0.75
0.44
0.50
6-32 NC
6-32 NC
6-32 NC
8-32 NC
10-32 NF
10-32 NF
1/4-28 NF
6-32 NC
8-32 NC
XX - Number of Terminals
Note 1: Standard with block, but packed separately.
Note 2: 604 and 605 nuts are part of the assembly. Additional nuts (one per stud) are supplied in bulk.
Screw Terminal with Feed-thru Solder Terminal
Catalog #
411
599
600
601
699
812
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
GP
1904
2004
2004
2104
2104
2204
Figure
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
FIG
2
2
1
1
2
2
A
B
0.25
0.38
0.38
0.44
0.44
0.56
0.28
0.31
0.31
0.38
0.38
0.44
C
2-56
5-40
5-40
6-32
6-32
8-32
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
D
X
X
X
X
X
X
.19
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
0.11
0.14
0.14
0.13
0.13
0.14
XX - Number of Terminals
Screw Terminal with Solder Pin for Printed Circuit Board Connection
Catalog #
599
599
699
699
GP
GP
GP
GP
2020
2021
2120
2121
XX
XX
XX
XX
A
B
C
D
0.38
0.38
0.44
0.44
0.13
0.13
0.19
0.20
0.09
0.09
0.09
0.06
0.09
0.03
0.04
0.04
E
5-40
5-40
6-32
6-32
NC
NC
NC
NC
XX - Number of Terminals
Individual Screw Terminals
Catalog #
A
B
C
601 GP 2108 XX
0.44
0.09
6-32 NC X .25
XX - Number of Terminals
103
X
X
X
X
.19
.19
.25
.25
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Double Row/Top Mounted Cover
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
White Vinyl Material
Two Nylon Spring Clips For Mounting Provided
Printed On Top, Bottom Or Center Line With Letters Or Numbers For Circuit Identification
Printing Character Size Is 1/8 Inch
Series 3 = 300/672 GP
602 GP, 672 RZ
Series 2 = 200/671 GP, 200HB,
601 GP, 621 RZ, 671 RZ
Series 1 = 100/670A GP ,
600 GP, 600A, 670A RZ
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
0.91
1.29
1.66
2.04
2.41
2.79
3.16
3.56
3.91
4.29
4.66
5.04
5.41
5.79
6.16
6.54
6.91
7.29
7.66
8.04
8.41
8.79
9.16
9.54
9.91
10.29
10.66
11.04
11.41
11.79
12.16
12.54
12.91
13.29
13.66
14.04
0.55
0.93
1.30
1.68
2.05
2.43
2.80
3.20
3.55
3.93
4.30
4.68
5.05
5.43
5.80
6.18
6.55
6.93
7.30
7.68
8.05
8.43
8.80
9.18
9.55
9.93
10.30
10.68
11.05
11.43
11.80
12.18
12.55
12.93
13.30
13.68
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
1.01
1.44
1.88
2.32
2.76
3.19
3.63
4.07
4.50
4.94
5.38
5.81
6.25
6.69
7.13
7.56
8.00
8.44
8.87
9.31
9.75
10.18
10.62
11.06
11.50
11.93
12.37
12.81
13.24
13.68
0.65
1.08
1.52
1.96
2.40
2.83
3.27
3.71
4.14
4.58
5.02
5.45
5.89
6.33
6.77
7.20
7.64
8.08
8.51
8.95
9.39
9.82
10.26
10.70
11.14
11.57
12.01
12.45
12.88
13.32
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1.16
1.73
2.29
2.85
3.42
3.98
4.54
5.10
5.67
6.23
6.79
7.36
7.92
8.48
9.05
9.61
10.17
10.73
11.30
11.86
12.42
12.99
13.55
14.11
0.80
1.37
1.93
2.49
3.06
3.62
4.18
4.74
5.31
5.87
6.43
7.00
7.56
8.12
8.69
9.25
9.81
10.37
10.94
11.50
12.06
12.63
13.19
13.75
NYLON
SPRING
CLIP
ORDERING CODE
COVER
(WHITE)
CB (BLACK)
104
CW
2
SERIES
NO. OF
TERMINALS
PRINT
STYLE
05
01A
NOTE: Add HB if using 200HB
Terminal Block
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Double Row/Sub Mounted Marking Strip
Specifications:
•
•
•
Black XP Phenolic Material
Printed On Top Or Bottom Position With Letters Or Numbers For Circuit Identification
Printing Character Size Is 1/8 Inch
# of Poles
100 Series A
200HB Series A
300 Series A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
1.031
1.406
1.781
2.156
2.531
2.906
3.281
3.656
4.031
4.406
4.781
5.156
5.531
5.906
6.281
6.656
7.031
7.406
7.781
8.156
8.531
8.906
9.281
9.656
10.031
10.406
10.781
11.156
11.531
11.906
12.281
12.656
13.031
13.406
13.781
14.156
1.188
1.625
2.063
2.500
2.938
3.375
3.813
4.250
4.688
5.125
5.563
6.000
6.438
6.875
7.313
7.750
8.188
8.625
9.063
9.500
9.938
10.375
10.813
11.250
11.688
12.125
12.563
13.000
13.438
13.875
-
1.531
2.094
2.656
3.219
3.781
4.344
4.906
5.469
6.031
6.594
7.156
7.719
8.281
8.844
9.406
9.969
10.531
11.094
11.656
12.219
12.781
13.344
13.906
14.469
-
105
Series
B
C
D
E
F
100
200
200HB
300
1.12
1.37
1.88
1.56
.28
.34
.51
.40
.31
.42
.42
.50
.14
.16
.16
.20
.16
.18
.18
.20
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Double Row/Top Mounted Marking Strip
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
White Vinyl Material
Two Nylon Spring Clips For Mounting Provided
Printed On The Center Line With Letters Or Numbers For Circuit Identification
Printing Character Size Is 1/8 Inch
Series 1 = 100/670A GP
600 GP, 600A GP, 670A RZ
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
0.91
1.29
1.66
2.04
2.41
2.79
3.16
3.56
3.91
4.29
4.66
5.04
5.41
5.79
6.16
6.54
6.91
7.29
7.66
8.04
8.41
8.79
9.16
9.54
9.91
10.29
10.66
11.04
11.41
11.79
12.16
12.54
12.91
13.29
13.66
14.04
0.55
0.93
1.30
1.68
2.05
2.43
2.80
3.20
3.55
3.93
4.30
4.68
5.05
5.43
5.80
6.18
6.55
6.93
7.30
7.68
8.05
8.43
8.80
9.18
9.55
9.93
10.30
10.68
11.05
11.43
11.80
12.18
12.55
12.93
13.30
13.68
Series 2 = 200/671 GP, 200HB,
601 GP, 621 RZ, 671 RZ
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
1.01
1.44
1.88
2.32
2.76
3.19
3.63
4.07
4.50
4.94
5.38
5.81
6.25
6.69
7.13
7.56
8.00
8.44
8.87
9.31
9.75
10.18
10.62
11.06
11.50
11.93
12.37
12.81
13.24
13.68
0.65
1.08
1.52
1.96
2.40
2.83
3.27
3.71
4.14
4.58
5.02
5.45
5.89
6.33
6.77
7.20
7.64
8.08
8.51
8.95
9.39
9.82
10.26
10.70
11.14
11.57
12.01
12.45
12.88
13.32
MARKING
STRIP
(WHITE)
SW
Series 3 = 300/672 GP,
602 GP, 672 RZ
Number
of
Terminals
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1.16
1.73
2.29
2.85
3.42
3.98
4.54
5.10
5.67
6.23
6.79
7.36
7.92
8.48
9.05
9.61
10.17
10.73
11.30
11.86
12.42
12.99
13.55
14.11
0.80
1.37
1.93
2.49
3.06
3.62
4.18
4.74
5.31
5.87
6.43
7.00
7.56
8.12
8.69
9.25
9.81
10.37
10.94
11.50
12.06
12.63
13.19
13.75
NYLON
SPRING
CLIP
SERIES
NO. OF
TERMINALS
PRINT
STYLE
1
10
01A
NOTE: Add HB if using 200HB
Terminal Block
106
Marking and Insulator Strips:
Kulka® marking strips serve as insulation between terminal blocks and chassis, as well as providing a marking surface for
terminal identification. When specified, they can be printed to show terminal designations by numbers, letters, symbols or any
combination thereof. Insulator strips offer the same properties, but do not provide space for terminal identification. Both
marking and insulator strips can be supplied pre-mounted on the back of each block thereby simplifying assembly and
inventory control.
DOUBLE ROW MARKING STRIP EXAMPLE
SINGLE ROW MARKING STRIP EXAMPLE
DOUBLE ROW MARKING STRIP EXAMPLE
SINGLE ROW MARKING STRIP EXAMPLE
Drawing and Dimensions:
Marking and insulator strips are available for Kulka® Terminal Blocks. These include double and single row/single row
insulated turret.
Dimensions for insulator strips, which are more narrow (see dimension “N” on pages 108 and 109) and do not afford a
marking surface are the same as marking strips except for dimension “D”.
Order Information:
FEED-THRU STYLE: For feed-thru terminal blocks, see styles 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, & 9 on page 108. Insert applicable feed-thru style
designation in ordering code, i.e. Y, YSY, XY, 1904, 1921, 2000, 2004, 2020, 2021, 2104, 2120, 3000.
AVAILABILITY: Marking and insulator strips are available to fit most Kulka® Terminal Blocks. See SERIES reference numbers
on pages 108 and 109 for a complete listing. If not listed, consult the factory for availability. Designate appropriate prefix (MS
for marking strips or IS for insulator strip) in front of the SERIES number when ordering. Available materials: XP (general
purpose laminate), XXXPFR (flame retardant), GME (glass cloth melamine), GEE (glass cloth epoxy).
Printing:
a. Marking strips are available in many printing styles.
The maximum number of characters per station is two (2).
b. Please specify printing style.
c. If unprinted marking strips are desired, insert the letter “X” in the printing style space of the ordering code.
d. Printing is the standard method of marking.
e. Printing color is silver (white) on dark surfaces and black on light surfaces.
PROTECTIVE COATING: Marking and insulator strips can be supplied with a fungus proof varnish
(MIL-V-173A) cover coating. State on order: “coat after printing with MIL-V-173A varnish.”
*See block dimension for overall length and mounting
Ordering Code Example
MS/IS
SERIES
MAT. CODE
FEED THRU
(IF APPLICABLE)
NO. OF TERM
PRINT STYLE
MS
601
XP
Y
16
06A
Contact Factory for Availability of Materials
107
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Marking Strip Dimensions - Single Row
Series
411
599 (799)
699 (899)
812 (912)
Style
1,
5,
1,
5,
1,
5,
1,
5,
2,
7,
2,
7,
2,
7,
2,
7,
4
8
4
8
4
8
4
8
D
F
G
0.56
0.88
0.81
1.13
0.88
1.13
0.94
1.31
0.19
0.44
0.28
0.56
0.34
0.56
0.38
0.66
0.37
-0.53
-0.54
-0.56
--
Dimensions
K
W
X
N*
0.13
0.06
0.13
0.41
0.14
0.13
0.16
0.56
0.16
0.13
0.18
0.50
0.20
0.06
0.13
0.21
0.75
* N dimension to replace D dimension for insulator strips
** Consult factory on marking strips that are for terminal blocks with Z lugs.
MM = Dim X 25.4
For overall lengths, reference appropriate terminal block series A & B dimensions.
Single Row
A REF.
B
K TYP
D
F
G REF.
STYLE 1 & 2
.031
Ø X TYP.
D
F
F REF.
D G REF.
STYLE 7 & 8
.031
F
STYLE 4 & 5
B
321
STYLE 7
3
2
1
123
1
2
3
STYLE 1
123
321
1
2
3
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
321
321
123
321
3
2
1
1
2
3
123
123
1
2
3
321
F
321
32
123
E
123
123
STYLE 2
D
1
2
3
W
C
3
2
1
A
1
3
2
1
D
1
2
3
C
1
2
3
B
32
A
.031
12 3
W
STYLE 4
1
123
321
3
2
1
STYLE 8
1
2
3
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
STYLE 5
108
E
F
123
321
123
321
Marking Strip Dimensions - Double Row
Series
Style
1-6
7, 8, 9
1-6
7, 8, 9
1-6
7, 8, 9
1-6
7, 8, 9
1-6
7, 8, 9
1, 4
7
1, 4
7
1-6
7, 8, 9
1-6
7, 8, 9
1-6
7, 8, 9
410
600 (800)
601 (801)
602 (802)
603
604
605
670
671
672
C
D
0.75
1.13
1.13
1.38
1.31
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.88
2.13
2.13
2.50
2.69
2.81
1.19
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.63
1.94
0.25
0.31
0.42
0.50
0.63
0.75
0.88
0.31
0.42
0.50
F
0.19
0.44
0.28
0.53
0.34
0.55
0.41
0.63
0.59
0.75
0.63
0.88
0.81
0.97
0.28
0.59
0.34
0.67
0.41
0.72
Dimensions
G
0.31
-0.53
-0.55
-0.59
-0.66
-0.75
-1.00
-0.60
-0.73
-0.72
--
K
W
X
N*
0.12
0.06
0.13
0.41
0.14
0.13
0.16
0.69
0.16
0.13
1.75
0.88
0.20
0.13
0.21
1.06
0.22
0.13
0.23
1.31
0.27
0.13
0.23
1.50
0.31
0.13
0.27
1.81
0.14
0.13
0.16
0.88
0.16
0.13
0.18
1.13
0.20
0.13
0.21
1.31
* N dimension to replace D dimension for insulator strips
** Consult factory on marking strips that are for terminal blocks with Z lugs.
For overall lengths, reference appropriate terminal block series A & B dimensions.
MM = Dim X 25.4
Double Row
G REF.
A REF.
B
K TYP.
D
F
F
C
C
D
G REF.
C
Ø X TYP.
STYLE 1 THRU 3
.031
F
C
STYLE 4,5,& 6
.031
STYLE 8 & 9
.031
F
D
F REF.
D
F REF.
STYLE 7
321
123
321
123
321
D
3
2
1
123
1
2
3
C
3
2
1
W
STYLE 5
1
2
3
3
2
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
D
1
2
3
3
2
1
123
321
1
2
3
3
2
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
C
32
321
123
123
W
321
E
123
F
321
123
3
2
1
3
2
1
321
123
STYLE 8
E
F
123
321
123
321
A
B
3
2
1
1
1
2
3
321
1
2
3
123
1
2
3
STYLE 6
23
STYLE 7
B
321
STYLE 4
STYLE 2
STYLE 3
A
123
1
2
3
.031
D
3
2
1
321
1
2
3
123
C
32 1
STYLE 1
B
12 3
A
1
STYLE 9
321
109
E
F
123
321
123
321
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Marking Styles MSA, MSB, MSC
Front Surface of Marking Strip
Back Surface of Marking Strip
Marathon Offers a Complete Line of Military Marking Strips
Requirements:
Type Mount:
Dimensions:
Material:
Marking:
Bottom Only
See Page 109 For Charts
Type GME
Marking Strips Shall Be Marked In Accordance With CID A-A-59125
—can be provided to MIL T55164
A single letter shall be inserted in the above type designation to specify the marking style (A, B or C).
Both the front and the back of the marking strips shall be marked as indicated. The numbers shall be marked at a 45 ± 2°
angle with reference to the side of the marking strip, as indicated.
Type MSC37TB (blank single sided marking strip) shall have the same dimensions as type MSA.
110
Terminal Block Printing
Numeric Print Styles
Alpha Print Styles
111
Terminal Block Accessories
Accessories
Sectional Terminal Blocks
General Information:
Sectionals are terminal blocks which are made up of individually molded units with electrically conductive members which,
when assembled together, make up the block producing the required number of circuits. Marathon’s DIN Sectional Blocks
will fit on a standard 35mm DIN rail.
Marathon offers three sizes of sectional terminal blocks: 3/8” centers, 1/2” centers and 11/16” sectional fuse holders. All
blocks can be ordered with a channel mount base, or a flat mount base for direct mounting to the panel. The 3/8” is also
available with a DIN foot.
Sectional Terminal Blocks
Ratings and Standards:
The voltage ratings of terminal blocks are based upon the minimum spacing between electrically conductive parts line to line
through air and over surface and line to ground through air and over surface.
Class A
Service equipment including deadfront switchboards, panel boards, service entrance devices.
Class B
Commercial appliances including business equipment, electronic data processing equipment and the like.
Class C
General industrial and machine tool controls which can be further defined as equipment falling under UL 508.
Spacing Requirements*:
Class A
Class B
Class C
Voltage
Thru Air
Over Surface
51-150
151-300
301-600
51-150
151-300
301-600
51-150
151-300
301-600
.500
.750
1.000
.063
.094
.375
.125
.250
.375
.750
1.250
2.000
.063
.094
.500
.250
.375
.500
*In Inches
Applications:
Designed for electrical termination of wire where flexibility of circuit design is necessary. Accepts single or combination of
wire sizes for tubular screw and tubular clamp styles.
112
Sectional Terminal Blocks
3/8” Sectional - 600 Volts
32 Circuits Per Foot
Channel (C), Flat (F)
& (DIN) Mount
Sectional Terminal Blocks
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR 19766
Wire termination torque 16 lb-in
Tubular Screw Connector (6G38 TS)
Materials:
Base - Gray Thermoplastic, 125°C (RTI)
Tubular Screw Connector- Copper, Tin Plated
Screw - #10-32 Steel, Nickel Plated
50 Amps (40 Amps CSA)
Wire Ranges:
Single and Multiple Wire Combinations:
Stranded CU
(1) #8 - 18 AWG
(1-3) #12 AWG
(1-4) #14
Solid CU
(1) #10 - #16 AWG
(1-3) #12 AWG
(1-4) #14 or #16 AWG
Ordering Code:
6G38 TS F
6G38 TS C
6G38 TS DIN
For flat mount block
For channel mount block
For DIN mount block
Std pk 100
Std pk 100
Std pk 25
113
See Figure 2 On Page 116
See Figure 1 On Page 116
See Figure 3 On Page 116
Sectional Terminal Blocks
Kant Kut Connector (6G38 TSKK)
Materials:
Base - Gray Thermoplastic, 125°C (RTI)
Kant Kut Connector- Copper, Tin Plated
Screw - #10-32 Steel, Nickel Plated, Pad - Steel
Wire Ranges:
Sectional Terminal Blocks
Single and Multiple Wire Combinations:
Stranded CU
(1) #10 - 22 AWG
(1-2) #12 AWG
(1-3) #14 AWG
(1-4) #16 AWG
(1-5) #18 or #22 AWG
Solid CU
(1) #10 - #14 AWG
(1-2) #12 or #14 AWG
WIRE PROTECTOR
Ordering Code:
6G38 TSKK F
6G38 TSKK C
6G38 TSKK DIN
For flat mount block
For channel mount block
For DIN rail mount block
Std pk 100
Std pk 100
Std pk 25
See Figure 2 On Page 116
See Figure 1 On Page 116
See Figure 3 On Page 116
Strap Connector (6H38 S - Screw)
Materials:
White nylon, 105°C (RTI)
Connector - Brass, Tin Plated
Screw - #6-32 Binder Head, Phil-Slot, Brass Plated
Water Absorption:
0.9% (Per ASTM D-570) (24 Hrs. % Wt. Gain)
Wire Ranges:
20 Amps, (1) #14 - #16 AWG, Larger wire may be used with proper termination
Ordering Code:
6H38 S F
For flat mount block
6H38 S C
For channel mount block
NOT AVAILABLE WITH A DIN MOUNTED BASE
Std pk 100
Std pk 100
114
See Figure 5 On Page 117
See Figure 4 On Page 117
Sectional Terminal Blocks
Sems Pressure Connector (6H38 SP)
Materials:
White nylon, 105°C (RTI)
Connector - Brass, Tin Plated
Screw - #6-32 with Pad, Steel Nickel Plated
Water Absorption:
0.9% (Per ASTM D-570) (24 Hrs. % Wt. Gain)
25 Amps; (1) #12 - #22 AWG
Ordering Code:
6H38 SP F
For flat mount block
6H38 SP C
For channel mount block
NOT AVAILABLE WITH A DIN MOUNTED BASE
Std pk 100
Std pk 100
See Figure 5 On Page 117
See Figure 4 On Page 117
Catalog #
Description
Std. Pack Qty.
J 38
Jumper for TS & TSKK
50
MC
Mounting Clamp
(For channel style only)
25
MPC-3 (3 ft channel)
MPC-6 (6 ft channel)
Channel
1
MS
Vinyl Marking Strip
(1/2” x 2’ white)
25
MN35-2
DIN Rail, 35 x 7.5 mm
2 m long, slotted
25
MSK35
End bracket for DIN mount base
25
6G38 E C
6G38 E F
6G38 E DIN
End sections for 6G38 versions
25
6H38 E F
6H38 E C
End sections for 6H38 versions
25
115
Sectional Terminal Blocks
Wire Ranges:
Sectional Terminal Blocks
6G38 TS & TSKK
FIG - 1
A
= .78 + (.375 X No. of Lines)
[19.8] + [9.5 X No. of Lines)
CHANNEL
φ .19 4.8
MOUNT
1.25 31.7
B
= .36 + (.375 x No. of Lines)
Sectional Terminal Blocks
[9.1] + [9.5 X No. of Lines)
1.50 38.1
.22 5.6
.37 9.5 TYP.
1.54 39.2
FIG - 2
A = .78 + (.375 X No. of Lines)
[19.8] + [9.5 X No. of Lines)
FLAT
φ .19 4.8
MOUNT
1.25 31.7
B = .36 + (.375 x No. of Lines)
[9.1] + [9.5 X No. of Lines)
1.26 31.9
.18 4.6
.375 9.5 TYP.
A = .22 + (.375 X No. of Lines)
[5.6] + [9.5 X No. of Lines)
FIG - 3
DIN
MOUNT
1.25 31.7
1.26 31.9
1.54 39.1
.375 9.5 TYP.
1.78 45.1
A = .62 [15.7] + B
116
Sectional Terminal Blocks
6H38
FIG - 4
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
A = .79 + (.375 x E)
B = .36 + (.375 x E)
E = No. of Poles
S
A
B
1.25
[31.8]
1.25
[31.8]
6H38
A
B
.21 X .34
[5.3 X 8.6]
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
A = .79 + (.375 x E)
B = .36 + (.375 x E)
E = No. of Poles
S
FIG - 5
1.25
[31.7]
.37
[9.4]
1.5
[38.1]
1.56
[39.7]
1.21
[30.7]
117
Sectional Terminal Blocks
φ .18
[φ 4.6]
Sectional Terminal Blocks
1/2” Sectional - 600 Volts
24 Circuits Per Foot
Specifications:
Sectional Terminal Blocks
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, White Nylon – Type 6/6 105°C
Water Absorption 0.9% (Per ASTM D-570) (24 Hrs. % Wt. Gain)
Tubular Screw (TSCU) Copper, Tin Plated; Screw #1/4-28 Steel, Nickel Plated,
Wire Range #16-#4 AWG Copper, 70 Amps
Torque 20 lb-in
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Catalog #
Description
Std. Pack Qty.
Tubular Screw
50
Tubular Screw
50
End Section
25
End Section
25
MC
Metal Clamp
25
J-12
Jumper
50
Channel
---
Vinyl Marking Strip
1/2” X 2’
25
6H12-TSCU-F
For flat mount block
6H12-TSCU-C
For channel mount block
6H12-E-F
For flat mount block
6H12-E-C
For channel mount block
MPC-6
6 Foot channel
MPC-3
3 Foot channel
MS
118
Sectional Terminal Blocks
1/2” Sectional
FLAT MOUNT
CHANNEL MOUNT
119
Sectional Terminal Blocks
A = .91 + (.500 x E)
B = .37 + (.500 x E)
C = No. of Poles
Sectional Terminal Blocks
11/16” Sectional Fuse Holder
600 Volt 30 Amp
Specifications:
Sectional Terminal Blocks
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Have Been Tested and Approved for 10,000 Amp
Interrupting Capacity
Base, Gray Nylon – 125°C
Connector Box Type
Accepts up to #10 AWG Wire, either Terminated or Non-Terminated
Clip, Copper Alloy, Tin Plated
UL Recognized File No. IZLT2.E35113
CSA Certified File No. LR21455
Std. Carton
Qty.
Catalog #
Description
6W30A1F
6W30A1C
6WE-F
6WE-C
MC
MPC-6
MPC-3
FLAT MOUNT
CHANNEL MOUNT
END PIECE--FLAT
END PIECE--CHANNEL
CHANNEL CLAMP
6 FOOT CHANNEL
3 FOOT CHANNEL
1/8” DIA X 2’ LONG
NYLON ROD
GR-2
10
10
10
10
25
-----
Wire
Range
Fuse
Size
#10-#14
AWG CU
STRANDED
13/32”
DIAMETER
BY 1 1/2” LONG
---
Flat Mount
L = 0.88 + (0.68 x N)
C = 0.48 + (0.68 x N)
N = No. of Poles
Channel Dimensions
LCH = L + 2.25
120
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
General Information:
Marathon DIN Rail Terminal Blocks are ideal for various applications such as machine tool controls, distribution and
instrumentation installations, switchgear, elevator and panelboard construction.
Insulating Materials:
The moldings are made of Polyamide 6.6. This material has high creepage resistance and high impact strength. It also has a
UL 94V-2 flammability rating and is resistant to gasoline, oil, alcohol and many other chemicals.
Temperature Rating:
100°C / 212°F Continuous
170°C / 338°F Intermittent & Short Exposure
Connector System:
The connectors are made of copper alloy and are nickel-plated for corrosion resistance. The screws are rolled steel, zinc
plated. The total connector system provides the following benefits:
1. The system ensures that no matter how small the cross section of the wire it can only be inserted into the
connection hole.
2. A serrated pressure plate eliminates any wire damage from the torquing of the screw.
3. The upward pressure on the screw from the pressure plate reduces the risk of a screw loosening due to vibration.
4. The pressure plate also compensates for some reduction in contact pressure caused by cold flow in the wire.
5. The design of the pressure plate and its heavy construction eliminates tilting, even with solid wires.
6. The use of rolled rather than turned screw threads provide for the application of higher torque without thread damage.
Catalog Number
Page
Amps
Volts
Wire Range
Thickness
Terminals per Foot
Wire Termination Torque
MIK3
MIK5
MIK10
MIK16
MIK25
MIKTS4
MIKSI5
MIKE4
MIKE10
MIKE16
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
128
128
128
20
30
50
65
85
20
10
-
600
600
600
600
600
300
300
-
#22-#12AWG
#22-#10AWG
#22-#8AWG
#22-#6AWG
#8-#4AWG
#22-#12AWG
#20-#10AWG
#22-#10AWG
#8AWG
#6AWG
5 mm
6 mm
8 mm
10 mm
12 mm
6 mm
8 mm
7 mm
8 mm
10 mm
60
50
38
30
25
-
5
13.3
13.3
18
53
8.0
13.3
18
Contact Factory For Identification Labels
MSK35 - End Bracket securing torque 7-9 lb-in (.8-1 N-m)
121
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
Reference Chart:
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
MIK3
5 mm
600 Volts
Specifications:
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
• Insulating Material, Polyamide 6.6, Gray
• Wire Range #22-#12 AWG – 20 Amps
• UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
• CSA Certified File No. LR700930- 25 Amps
• VDE – 26 Amps
•
Catalog #
Description
MIK3
MN35-2
MVB2-2
MVB2-12
MVL2-2
MIW2
MIW4
MKAW2
MSK35
Center Section
DIN Rail symmetrical 35 X 7.5 mm slotted 2 m long/ steel zinc-plated
Jumper 2-position
Jumper 12-position
Connecting straps for linking together two adjacent 12 pole jumpers
Insulating end sections for covering and insulating the last terminal in an assembly
Insulating partition walls for visual and electrical separation of terminal groups
Safety cover with warning label for line terminals which cannot be disconnected
End bracket used on both ends of the assembly to hold blocks in place
Wire strip length 1/4”
Dimensions:
H
=
36 mm (1.417")
W
=
42 mm (1.653")
T
=
5 mm (.197")
122
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
MIK5
6 mm
600 Volts
Specifications:
• Insulating Material, Polyamide 6.6, Gray
• Wire Range #22-#10 AWG – 30 Amps
• UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
• CSA Certified File No. LR700930- 40 Amps
• VDE – 34 Amps
•
Description
MIK5
MN35-2
MVB4-2
MVB4-12
MVL4-2
MSTB2
MPST2
MIW4
MIW16
MKAW4
MSK35
Center Section
DIN Rail symmetrical 35 X 7.5 mm slotted 2 m long/ steel zinc-plated
Jumper 2-position
Jumper 12-position
Connecting straps for linking together two adjacent 12 pole jumpers
Plug Sockets- test plugs of 2.3 mm Â’
Test Plugs- 2.3 mm Â’
Insulating end sections for covering and insulating the last terminal
Insulating partition walls for visual and electrical separation of terminal groups
Safety cover with warning label for line terminals which cannot be disconnected
End bracket used on both ends of the assembly to hold blocks in place
Wire strip length .30”
Dimensions:
H
=
38 mm (1.496")
W
=
42 mm (1.653")
T
=
6 mm (.236")
123
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
Catalog #
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
MIK10
8 mm
600 Volts
Specifications:
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
• Insulating Material, Polyamide 6.6, Gray
• Wire Range #22-#8 AWG – 50 Amps
• UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
• CSA Certified File No. LR700930- 50 Amps
• VDE – 61 Amps
•
Catalog #
Description
MIK10
MN35-2
MVB6-2
MVB6-12
MVL6-2
MSTB2
MPST2
MIW16
MIW50
MKAW10
MSK35
Center Section
DIN Rail symmetrical 35 X 7.5 mm slotted 2 m long/ steel zinc-plated
Jumper 2-position
Jumper 12-position
Connecting straps for linking together two adjacent 12 pole jumpers
Plug Sockets- test plugs of 2.3 mm Â’
Test Plugs- 2.3 mm Â’
Insulating end sections for covering and insulating the last terminal in an assembly
Insulating partition walls for visual and electrical separation of terminal groups
Safety cover with warning label for line terminals which cannot be disconnected
End bracket used on both ends of the assembly to hold blocks in place
Dimensions:
H
=
44 mm (1.732")
W
=
42 mm (1.653")
T
=
8 mm (.315")
124
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
MIK16
10 mm
600 Volts
Specifications:
• Insulating Material, Polyamide 6.6, Gray
• Wire Range #22-#6 AWG – 65 Amps
• UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
• CSA Certified File No. LR700930- 68 Amps
• VDE – 82 Amps
•
Description
MIK16
MN35-2
MVB16-2
MVB16-12
MVBL16
MVL16-2
MIW16
MIW50
MKAW16
MSK35
Center Section
DIN Rail symmetrical 35 X 7.5 mm slotted 2 m long/ steel zinc-plated
Jumper 2-position
Jumper 12-position
Removable connecting jumpers for the connection of adjacent lines
Connecting straps for linking together two adjacent 12 pole jumpers
Insulating end sections for covering and insulating the last terminal in an assembly
Insulating partition walls for visual and electrical separation of terminal groups
Safety covers with warning label for line terminals which cannot be disconnected
End bracket used on both ends of the assembly to hold blocks in place
Dimensions:
H
=
44 mm (1.732")
W
=
42 mm (1.653")
T
=
10 mm (.394")
125
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
Catalog #
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
MIK25
12 mm
600 Volts
Specifications:
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
• Insulating Material, Polyamide 6.6, Gray
• Wire Range #8-#4 AWG – 85 Amps
• UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
• CSA Certified File No. LR700930- 70 Amps
• VDE – 108 Amps
•
Catalog #
Description
MIK25
MN35-2
MVB25
MVL25
MVL25-3
MVBU35
MSTB35
MPST4
MIW50
MIW70
MKAW25
MSK35
Center Section
DIN Rail symmetrical 35 X 7.5 mm slotted 2 m long/ steel zinc-plated
Jumpers 2-position
Connecting straps- 2 position
Connecting straps- 3 position
Supports for use under the MVL straps using M 6 X 15 screws
Plug sockets for test plugs of 4 mm Â’
Test plugs- 4 mm Â’
Insulating end sections for covering and insulating the last terminal in an assembly
Insulating partition walls for visual and electrical separation of terminal groups
Safety covers with warning label for supply line terminals which cannot be disconnected
End bracket used on both ends of the assembly to hold blocks in place
Dimensions:
H
=
48 mm (1.89")
W
=
50 mm (1.97")
T
=
12 mm (.47")
126
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
MIKTS4 (Disconnect)
6 mm
300 Volts
Specifications:
• Insulating Material, Polyamide 6.6, Gray
• Wire Range #22-#12 AWG – 20 Amps
• CSA Certified File No. LR700930
• VDE – 16 Amps
•
Catalog #
Description
Center Section
DIN Rail symmetrical 35 X 7.5 mm slotted 2 m long/ steel zinc-plated
Diode plug- blue with diode 400 Volt, 1 Amp cathode on high voltage side
Diode plug- red with diode 400 Volt, 1 Amp cathode on low voltage side
Test Plug- 2.3 mm Â’
Insulating end sections for covering and insulating the last terminal in an assembly
End bracket used on both ends of the assembly to hold blocks in place
Dimensions:
H1
=
39 mm
=
46 mm
H2
H3
=
53 mm
W
=
42 mm
T
=
6 mm
(1.535")
(1.800")
(2.100")
(1.653")
(.236")
127
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
MIKTS4
MN35-2
MDSBL (Plug only)
MDSRT (Plug only)
MPST2
MIW4
MSK35
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
MIKSI5
8 mm
300 Volts
Specifications:
• Insulating Material, Polyamide 6.6, Gray
• Wire Range #20-#10 AWG – 10 Amps
• VDE - 4mm2
• IEC - 6.3 Amps
• UL Recognized – 10 Amps
• Fuse Type - 5 x 20 mm, 5 x 25 mm
•
Catalog #
MIKSI5
MN35-2
MIW50
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
MSK35
Description
Center Section
DIN Rail symmetrical 35 X 7.5 mm
slotted 2 m long/ steel zinc-plated
Insulating partition walls for visual
and electrical separation of
terminal groups
End bracket used on both ends of
the assembly to hold blocks in
place
MIKE4, MIKE10, MIKE16
7 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm
Specifications:
• Insulating Material, Polyamide 6.6, Green/Yellow
• Wire Range
MIKE4 - #22-#10 AWG
MIKE10 - #8 AWG
MIKE16 - #6 AWG
• UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
• CSA Certified File No. LR700930
• VDE
•
Dimensions:
H
=
MIKE4
MIKE10
MIKE16
38 mm (1.496")
44 mm (1.771")
44 mm (1.732")
W
=
56 mm (2.204")
T
=
MIKE4
MIKE10
MIKE16
7 mm (.275")
8 mm (.315")
10 mm (.394")
128
Dimensions:
H
=
47 mm (1.850")
W
=
60 mm (2.362")
T
=
8 mm (.315")
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
Universal Identification Labels Type MSH
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
Strips of ten
Large surface area
Available: plain, with numbers, letters or symbols
Can be labeled vertically or horizontally
Single label MSH 5 can be used for all sizes
Ordering Code for MSH
MSH
5
P
B
H
1-10
LABELS
SPECIFY
PRINTING
BLOCK SIZE
5 = 5 mm (FITS ALL SIZES)
6 = 6 mm (FITS 6mm & Larger)
8 = 8 mm (FITS 8-10 mm)
10 = 10 mm
1
2
ORIENTATION
H = HORIZONTAL 1 2
V = VERTICAL
TYPE OF PRINTING
A = EACH STRIP PRINTED IDENTICAL (Example: All “T”)
B = EACH STRIP PRINTED IN SEQUENCE (Example: 1-10)
C = CUSTOM
PRINTED/UNPRINTED
P = PRINTED
U = UNPRINTED
Universal Identification Labels Type MSK 2/10
•
•
•
•
•
Identification with up to 4 or 6 digits
Star shaped applicator for easy insertion of labels into holder
MSKT 5/4 holder fits all sizes - 4 digits
MSKT 5/6 holder fits all sizes - 6 digits
Each Wheel comes with 10 identical numbers or letters
DIN Rail Terminal Blocks
Specifications:
MSK 2/10
Applicator
Ordering Code for MSK 2/10
MSK 2/10
WHEEL
LABEL FITS
ALL SIZES
P
P = PRINTED
9
SPECIFY
PRINTING
Pens/Screwdrivers
MP
PL1
SD3
SD4
SD6
SPECIAL WATER-PROOF MARKER
BARRIER REMOVAL TOOL
SCREWDRIVER 3.5 X 100 mm FOR MIK3 & MIK5
SCREWDRIVER 4.0 X 100 mm FOR MIK10
SCREWDRIVER 5.5 X 100 mm FOR MIK16 & MIK25
129
MSKT 5/4
Holder
MSKT 5/6
Holder
Kulka® Military Class
(A-A-59125)/(MIL-T-55164)
Military Class: Closed Back
These military blocks feature molded-in terminals in an improved
Kulka® design for greater strength and flexibility. The mounting
holes are covered with molded-in reinforcement straddle plates.
Military/Navy Class Terminal Blocks
A-A-59125/
MIL-T-55164
Information
Terminal Type
Class
Spec #
Description
37 TB
/1
Double Screw
38 TB
/2
Double Screw
39 TB
/3
Double Screw
40 TB
/4
41 TB
/5
42 TB
/6
43 TB
/ 26
Double Screw
44 TB
/ 27
Single Screw
Single Screw
Feed Thru
Single Screw
Feed Thru
Single Screw
Feed Thru
Voltage
Current
Max
Rated
Dielectric
with Test
Max
Rated
300 V
RMS
600 V
RMS
600 V
RMS
300 V
RMS
600 V
RMS
600 V
RMS
150 V
RMS
150 V
RMS
3000 V
RMS
3400 V
RMS
4000 V
RMS
3000 V
RMS
3400 V
RMS
4000 V
RMS
2000 V
RMS
2000 V
RMS
15 Amp
60 Hz
20 Amp
60 Hz
30 Amp
60 Hz
7.5 Amp
60 Hz
10 Amp
60 Hz
15 Amp
60 Hz
5 Amp
60 Hz
5 Amp
60 Hz
Wire & Lug Information
Screw
Size
RECMD Max
Wire Size
MS17143
Lug #
#6
#16 AWG
-11
#6
#14 AWG
-14
#8
#10 AWG
-9
#6
#18 AWG
-10
#6
#16 AWG
-14
#8
#14 AWG
-8
#2
#22 AWG
—
#2
#22 AWG
—
130
Max Lug
Width
RECMD Torque
Lb-In (N-M)
0.282”
[7.2]
0.31”
[7.9]
0.41”
[10.4]
0.282”
[7.2]
0.31”
[7.9]
0.41”
[10.4]
0.187”
[4.7]
0.187”
[4.7]
8-10
[0.9-1.1]
8-10
[0.9-1.1]
10-12
[1.1-1.4]
8-10
[0.9-1.1]
8-10
[0.9-1.1]
10-12
[1.1-1.4]
2-4
[0.2-0.5]
2-4
[0.2-0.5]
Kulka® Military Class
(A-A-59125)/(MIL-T-55164)
37TB-B/40TB-B Series
300 Volts
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, GPT-30F, Grey Color, 130°C
Closed Back Design
Screws, Brass Nickel Plate, 6-32 Binder Head, Slotted
Terminals, Brass Nickel Plate, Ultrasonically Inserted
2-20 Poles, Consult Factory for Longer Lengths
3/8” Centers
Flammability Rating 94 V-O
Wire Size #16
15 Amps
Parts are supplied with end plates
Catalog
Number
Number
of Poles
37TB02B
37TB03B
37TB04B
37TB05B
37TB06B
37TB07B
37TB08B
37TB09B
37TB10B
37TB11B
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Dimensions
A
B
1.41
1.78
2.16
2.53
2.91
3.28
3.66
4.03
4.41
4.78
1.12
1.50
1.88
2.25
2.62
3.00
3.38
3.75
4.12
4.50
Catalog
Number
Number
of Poles
37TB12B
37TB13B
37TB14B
37TB15B
37TB16B
37TB17B
37TB18B
37TB19B
37TB20B
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Dimensions
A
B
5.16
5.53
5.91
6.28
6.66
7.03
7.41
7.78
8.16
4.88
5.25
5.62
6.00
6.38
6.75
7.12
7.50
7.88
Feed-Thru Hardware Options:
Service Options:
Lug Types (Commercial):
3/4 ST 600 = Half Solder
ST600 = Full Solder
Long Feed-Thru Solder
40TB B Only
Consult Factory
Accessories: (Jumper Commercial Grade)
Marking Strips = MSA, MSB, MSC
Jumper = J600, 600RJ, 600RJ(S)
131
Military/Navy Class Terminal Blocks
Hardware Options:
37TB-Military Class
(A-A-59125/1)/(MIL-T-55164/1)
Military Type
Designation
Molded Material:
•
•
•
Plastic: Grade F temperature rating 155°C per MIL-M-14
Screws: Brass per QQ-W-321, nickel plated per QQ-N-290
Terminal Plates: Brass per QQ-B-613, nickel plated
per QQ-N-290
Electrical Rating:
•
•
•
Rated voltage (maximum): 300 volts
Current rating: 15 Amps
D.W.V.: 3000 volts RMS
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
37TB
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Number
of poles
A
Dimensions
B
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
1.360-1.453
1.735-1.828
2.110-2.203
2.500-2.593
2.876-2.969
3.250-3.343
3.626-3.719
4.000-4.093
4.376-4.469
4.750-4.843
5.126-5.219
5.500-5.593
5.876-5.969
6.250-6.365
6.626-6.735
7.000-7.109
7.376-7.485
7.752-7.812
8.127-8.187
8.502-8.562
8.877-8.937
9.252-9.312
9.627-9.687
10.002-10.062
10.377-10.437
10.752-10.812
11.127-11.187
11.502-11.562
11.877-11.937
12.252-12.312
1.109-1.156
1.484-1.531
1.859-1.906
2.234-2.281
2.609-2.656
2.984-3.031
3.359-3.406
3.734-3.781
4.109-4.156
4.484-4.531
4.859-4.906
5.234-5.281
5.609-5.656
5.969-6.047
6.344-6.422
6.719-6.797
7.094-7.172
7.469-7.547
7.844-7.922
8.219-8.297
8.594-8.672
8.969-9.047
9.344-9.422
9.719-9.797
10.094-10.172
10.469-10.547
10.844-10.922
11.219-11.297
11.594-11.672
11.969-12.047
Number
of poles
A
B
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
1.579-1.672
2.016-2.109
2.454-2.547
2.891-2.984
3.329-3.422
3.766-3.859
4.204-4.297
4.641-4.734
5.079-5.172
5.532-5.625
5.969-6.078
6.407-6.516
6.844-6.953
7.282-7.391
7.719-7.828
8.157-8.266
8.594-8.703
9.079-9.156
9.517-9.594
9.954-10.031
10.392-10.469
10.829-10.906
1.296-1.343
1.734-1.781
2.172-2.219
2.609-2.656
3.046-3.093
3.484-3.531
3.937-3.984
4.375-4.422
4.812-4.859
5.250-5.297
5.687-5.734
6.110-6.188
6.547-6.625
6.985-7.063
7.422-7.500
7.860-7.938
8.297-8.375
8.750-8.828
9.188-9.266
9.625-9.703
10.063-10.141
10.500-10.578
MM=Dim X 25.4
Military/Navy Class Terminal Blocks
38TB-Military Class
(A-A-59125/2)/(MIL-T-55164/2)
Military Type
Designation
Molded Material:
•
•
•
Plastic: Grade F temperature rating 155°C per MIL-M-14
Screws: Brass per QQ-W-321, nickel plated per QQ-N-290
Terminal Plates: Brass per QQ-B-613, nickel plated
per QQ-N-290
Electrical Rating:
•
•
•
Rated voltage (maximum): 600 volts
Current rating: 20 Amps
D.W.V.: 3400 volts RMS
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
38TB
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
MM=Dim X 25.4
132
Dimensions
39TB-Military Class
(A-A-59125/3)/(MIL-T-55164/3)
Military Type
Designation
Molded Material:
•
•
•
Plastic: Grade F temperature rating 155°C per MIL-M-14
Screws: Brass per QQ-W-321, nickel plated per QQ-N-290
Terminal Plates: Brass per QQ-B-613, nickel plated
per QQ-N-290
Military Type
Designation
B
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
2.047-2.140
2.626-2.719
3.188-3.281
3.750-3.843
4.313-4.406
4.876-4.969
5.438-5.531
6.000-6.109
6.563-6.672
7.126-7.235
7.688-7.797
8.250-8.359
8.813-8.922
9.376-9.485
9.938-10.047
10.500-10.609
11.079-11.188
1.672-1.719
2.234-2.281
2.796-2.843
3.359-3.406
3.922-3.969
4.484-4.531
5.046-5.093
5.625-5.672
6.172-6.250
6.719-6.797
7.297-7.375
7.860-7.938
8.422-8.500
8.985-9.063
9.547-9.625
10.110-10.188
10.672-10.750
Number
of poles
A
Same as 37 TB Class
Hardware: Lug, Brass per QQ-B-613, tin plated
Electrical Rating:
Rated voltage (maximum): 300 volts
Current rating: 7.5 Amps
D.W.V.: 3000 volts RMS
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
B
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
1.360-1.453
1.735-1.828
2.110-2.203
2.500-2.593
2.876-2.969
3.250-3.343
3.626-3.719
4.000-4.093
4.376-4.469
4.750-4.843
5.126-5.219
5.500-5.593
5.876-5.969
6.250-6.365
6.626-6.735
7.000-7.109
7.376-7.485
7.752-7.812
8.127-8.187
8.502-8.562
8.877-8.937
9.252-9.312
9.627-9.687
10.002-10.062
10.377-10.437
10.752-10.812
11.127-11.187
11.502-11.562
11.877-11.937
12.252-12.312
1.109-1.156
1.484-1.531
1.859-1.906
2.234-2.281
2.609-2.656
2.984-3.031
3.359-3.406
3.734-3.781
4.109-4.156
4.484-4.531
4.859-4.906
5.234-5.281
5.609-5.656
5.969-6.047
6.344-6.422
6.719-6.797
7.094-7.172
7.469-7.547
7.844-7.922
8.219-8.297
8.594-8.672
8.969-9.047
9.344-9.422
9.719-9.797
10.094-10.172
10.469-10.547
10.844-10.922
11.219-11.297
11.594-11.672
11.969-12.047
MM=Dim X 25.4
133
Dimensions
Military/Navy Class Terminal Blocks
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
40TB
Molded Material:
•
•
•
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Dimensions
Rated voltage (maximum): 600 volts
Current rating: 30 Amps
D.W.V.: 4000 volts RMS
40TB-Military Class
(A-A-59125/4)/(MIL-T-55164/4)
•
•
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
A
MM=Dim X 25.4
Electrical Rating:
•
•
•
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
39TB
Number
of poles
41TB-Military Class
(A-A-59125/5)/(MIL-T-55164/5)
A
.16
[4.0]
B
.56
[14.2]
ø.20
[ø5.0]
.44
[11.1]
Military Type
Designation
.39
[9.9]
.82
[20.8]
1.13
[28.6]
.42
[10.7]
.33
[8.4]
FEED THRU
SOLDER LUG
#6-32 UNC-2A x .25[6.3]
BD HD SCREW
.63
[15.9]
Molded Material:
•
•
Same as 38 TB Class
Hardware: Lug, Brass per QQ-B-613, tin plated
Electrical Rating:
•
•
•
Rated voltage (maximum): 600 volts
Current rating: 10 Amps
D.W.V.: 3400 volts RMS
Military/Navy Class Terminal Blocks
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Military Type
Designation
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
42TB
Molded Material:
Same as 39 TB Class
Hardware: Lug, Brass per QQ-B-613, tin plated
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
MM=Dim X 25.4
Electrical Rating:
•
•
•
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
A
Dimensions
B
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
1.579-1.672
2.016-2.109
2.454-2.547
2.891-2.984
3.329-3.422
3.766-3.859
4.204-4.297
4.641-4.734
5.079-5.172
5.532-5.625
5.969-6.078
6.407-6.516
6.844-6.953
7.282-7.391
7.719-7.828
8.157-8.266
8.594-8.703
9.079-9.156
9.517-9.594
9.954-10.031
10.392-10.469
10.829-10.906
1.296-1.343
1.734-1.781
2.172-2.219
2.609-2.656
3.046-3.093
3.484-3.531
3.937-3.984
4.375-4.422
4.812-4.859
5.250-5.297
5.687-5.734
6.110-6.188
6.547-6.625
6.985-7.063
7.422-7.500
7.860-7.938
8.297-8.375
8.750-8.828
9.188-9.266
9.625-9.703
10.063-10.141
10.500-10.578
Number
of poles
A
B
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
2.047-2.140
2.626-2.719
3.188-3.281
3.750-3.843
4.313-4.406
4.876-4.969
5.438-5.531
6.000-6.109
6.563-6.672
7.126-7.235
7.688-7.797
8.250-8.359
8.813-8.922
9.376-9.485
9.938-10.047
10.500-10.609
10.079-11.188
1.672-1.719
2.234-2.281
2.796-2.843
3.359-3.406
3.922-3.969
4.484-4.531
5.046-5.093
5.625-5.672
6.172-6.250
6.719-6.797
7.297-7.375
7.860-7.938
8.422-8.500
8.985-9.063
9.547-9.625
10.110-10.188
10.672-10.750
MM=Dim X 25.4
42TB-Military Class
(A-A-59125/6)/(MIL-T-55164/6)
•
•
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
41TB
Number
of poles
Rated voltage (maximum): 600 volts
Current rating: 15 Amps
D.W.V.: 3400 volts RMS
134
Dimensions
Kulka® Military Class
(A-A-59125)/(MIL-T-55164)
(Solder Hardware Dimensions are not to Mil Spec)
37TBLD
(Commercial Equivalent)
37TBLS
(Commercial Equivalent)
1.22
[31.0]
.922
[23]
.16
[4.0]
.75
[19.1]
.69
[17.5]
.45
[11]
.23
[5.9]
.31
[7.9]
.16
[4.0]
.03
[.76]
.03
[0.8]
1.22
[31.0]
.28
[7.1]
.16
[4.1]
Ø .09 (2 HOLES)
[2.3]
.06
[1.6]
.28
[7.1]
Ø.144 2-HOLES
[3.6]
.06
[1.6]
.16
[4.1]
Ø .144 (2 HOLES)
[3.6]
.31
[7.9]
Ø.09 HOLE
[2.3]
This is an assembly of the 37TB Class
Terminal Board and a one-sided terminal lug
(3/4 ST600). Available in lengths from 2
terminals through 31 terminals. Lugs are
brass and are tin plated.
This is an assembly of the 37TB Class
Terminal Board and a two-sided terminal lug
(ST600). Available in lengths from 2
terminals through 31 terminals. Lugs are
brass and are tin plated.
38TBLD
(Commercial Equivalent)
1.58
[40.1]
.94
[23.8]
38TBLS
(Commercial Equivalent)
1.17
[29.7]
.22
[5.6]
.32
[8.1]
.42
[11]
.58
[15]
.84
[21.4]
.22
[5.6]
.036
[.91]
.036
[.91]
1.58
[40.1]
.31
[7.9]
.22
[5.6]
Ø.13 2-HOLES
[3.3]
.06 .42
[1.6] [11]
Ø.13 2-HOLES
[3.3]
This is an assembly of the 38TB Class
Terminal Board and a one-sided terminal lug
(3/4 ST601). Available in lengths from 2
terminals through 23 terminals. Lugs are
brass and are tin plated.
This is an assembly of the 38TB Class
Terminal Board and a two-sided terminal lug
(ST601). Available in lengths from 2
terminals through 23 terminals. Lugs are
brass and are tin plated.
39TBLD
(Commercial Equivalent)
1.85
[47.0]
39TBLS
(Commercial Equivalent)
1.37
[34.8]
.39
[9.9]
.28
[7.1]
.50
[13]
.037
[0.9]
.69
[18]
.037
[0.9]
1.85
[47.0]
.50
[13]
.09
.41 .28
[10] [7.1] [2.4]
Ø.13 2-HOLES
[3.3]
.41 .28
.09
[10] [7.1] [2.4]
Ø.177 2-HOLES
[4.5]
Ø.13 HOLE
[3.3]
Ø.177 2-HOLES
[4.5]
This is an assembly of the 39TB Class
Terminal Board and a one-sided terminal lug
(3/4 ST602). Available in lengths from 2
terminals through 18 terminals. Lugs are
brass and are tin plated.
This is an assembly of the 39TB Class
Terminal Board and a two-sided terminal lug
(ST602). Available in lengths from 2
terminals through 18 terminals. Lugs are
brass and are tin plated.
135
Military/Navy Class Terminal Blocks
.28
[7.1]
1.06
[26.9]
.94
[23.9]
Ø.15 2-HOLES
[3.8]
.31 .22
.06
[7.9] [5.6] [1.6]
Ø.15 2-HOLES
[3.8]
Kulka® Navy Class
(A-A-59125)/(MIL-T-55164)
Military/Navy Class Terminal Blocks
A-A-59125/
MIL-T-55164
Information
Class
Spec #
3 TB
/9
4 TB
/ 10
5 TB
/ 11
6 TB
/ 12
7 TB
/ 13
8 TB
8 TBHT
/ 14
9 TB
/ 15
10 TB
/ 16
11 TB
/ 17
15 TB
/ 19
16 TB
/ 20
17 TB
/ 21
18 TB
/ 22
25 TB
25 TBHT
26 TB
26 TBHT
/ 23
/ 24
Terminal Type
Voltage
Current
Description
Max
Rated
Dielectric
with Test
Max
Rated
Single Stud
Single Row
Single Stud
Double Row
Feed Thru Stud
Single Row
Single Stud
Double Row
Feed Thru Stud
Single Row
Double Stud
Double Row
Single Stud
Single Row
Single Stud
Double Row
Feed Thru Stud
Single Row
Single Stud
Double Row
Single Stud
Double Row
Double Stud
Double Row
Single Stud
Single Row
Single Stud
Single Row
Double Stud
Double Row
600 V
RMS
600 V
RMS
600 V
RMS
600 V
RMS
600 V
RMS
300 V
RMS
300 V
RMS
600 V
RMS
600 V
RMS
600 V
RMS
1000 V
RMS
600 V
RMS
600 V
RMS
300 V
RMS
300 V
RMS
2000 V
RMS
2200 V
RMS
2200 V
RMS
2200 V
RMS
2200 V
RMS
1500 V
RMS
1500 V
RMS
2200 V
RMS
2200 V
RMS
2200 V
RMS
3000 V
RMS
2200 V
RMS
2200 V
RMS
1500 V
RMS
1500 V
RMS
45 Amp
60 Hz
40 Amp
60 Hz
50 Amp
60 Hz
30 Amp
60 Hz
40 Amp
60 Hz
30 Amp
60 Hz
35 Amp
60 Hz
30 Amp
60 Hz
40 Amp
60 Hz
30 Amp
60 Hz
40 Amp
60 Hz
40 Amp
60 Hz
45 Amp
60 Hz
25 Amp
60 Hz
20 Amp
60 Hz
Wire & Lug Information
Screw
Size
RECMD Max
Wire Size
MS17143
Lug #
#8
#10 AWG
-3
#8
#12 AWG
-3
#8
#10 AWG
-3
#6
#14 AWG
-5
#6
#12 AWG
-6
#5
#14 AWG
-11
#6
#12 AWG
—
#6
#14 AWG
—
#6
#12 AWG
-15
#8
#14 AWG
-8
#8
#12 AWG
-3
#6
#12 AWG
-3
#8
#10 AWG
-3
#4
#14 AWG
-17
#4
#16 AWG
-20
Max Lug
Width
RECMD Torque
Lb-In (N-M)
0.395”
[10.0]
0.395”
[10.0]
0.395”
[10.0]
0.307”
[7.8]
0.307”
[7.8]
0.282”
[7.2]
0.307”
[7.8]
0.242”
[6.11]
0.242”
[6.1]
0.307”
[7.8]
0.395”
[10.0]
0.395”
[10.0]
0.395”
[10.0]
0.242”
[6.1]
0.242”
[6.1]
16-18
[1.8-2.0]
16-18
[1.8-2.0]
16-18
[1.8-2.0]
10-12
[1.1-1.4]
10-12
[1.1-1.4]
8-10
[0.9-1.1]
10-12
[1.1-1.4]
10-12
[1.1-1.4]
10-12
[1.1-1.4]
16-18
[1.8-2.0]
16-18
[1.8-2.0]
10-12
[1.1-1.4]
16-18
[1.8-2.0]
6-8
[0.7-0.9]
6-8
[0.7-0.9]
Notes:
Molded materials is MAI-60 in accordance with MIL-M-14.
The stud connector for these terminal boards is considered part of the stud and is required, unless otherwise specified. With the
stud connector removed, the terminal board will provide twice the number of connection points and allow for an additional wire per terminal.
Nuts and connectors are unplated brass and shipped unassembled.
136
Kulka® Navy Class
(A-A-59125)/(MIL-T-55164)
3TB (A-A-59125/9)/(MIL-T-55164/9)
4TB (A-A-59125/10)/(MIL-T-55164/10)
Type
4 TB 08F
4 TB 20F
Double Row, Front Connection
Number of
Terminals
Dim. A
Dim. B
8
3.38
2.88
20
6.50
6.00
Nuts
8
20
MM = Dim X 25.4
5TB (A-A-59125/11)/(MIL-T-55164/11)
Single Row, Through Connection
Number of
Type
Terminals
Dim. A
Dim. B
5 TB 08F
8
6.13
5.63
5 TB 10F
10
7.38
6.88
Nuts
16
20
MM = Dim X 25.4
6TB (A-A-59125/12)/(MIL-T-55164/12)
Nuts
6
10
24
MM = Dim X 25.4
137
Military/Navy Class Terminal Blocks
Type
6 TB 06F
6 TB 10F
6 TB 24F
Double Row, Front Connection
Number of
Terminals
Dim. A
Dim. B
6
2.50
2.00
10
3.38
2.88
24
6.50
6.00
Kulka® Navy Class
(A-A-59125)/(MIL-T-55164)
7TB (A-A-59125/13)/(MIL-T-55164/13)
8TB (A-A-59125/14)/(MIL-T-55164/14)
Double Row, Linked Front Connection
Number of
Terminals
Type
8 TB
8 TB
8 TB
8 TB
w/stud
w/o stud
connectors connectors
02F
06F
08F
10F
2
6
8
10
4
12
16
20
Dim. A
Dim. B
Nuts
1.63
3.13
3.88
4.63
1.25
2.75
3.50
4.25
4
12
16
20
MM = Dim X 25.4
9TB (A-A-59125/15)/(MIL-T-55164/15)
Type
9 TB 02F
9 TB 04F
Single Row, Front Connection
Number of
Terminals
Dim. A
2
1.48
4
2.37
Nuts
2
4
MM = Dim X 25.4
10TB (A-A-59125/16)/(MIL-T-55164/16)
Type
10 TB 18F
10 TB 28F
Double Row, Front Connection
Number of
Terminals
Dim. A
Dim. B
18
4.63
4.13
28
6.50
6.00
Dim. C
0.56
0.56
Nuts
18
28
Military/Navy Class Terminal Blocks
MM = Dim X 25.4
11TB (A-A-59125/17)/(MIL-T-55164/17)
Type
11 TB 04F
11 TB 06F
11 TB 14F
Single Row, Through Connection
Number of
Terminals
Dim. A
Dim. B
4
2.50
2.00
6
3.38
2.88
14
6.50
6.00
Dim. C
0.44
0.44
0.56
Nuts
8
12
28
MM = Dim X 25.4
138
Kulka® Navy Class
(A-A-59125)/(MIL-T-55164)
15TB (A-A-59125/19)/(MIL-T-55164/19)
Double Row, Front Connection
Number of
Terminals
Dim. A
Dim. B
10
3.38
2.88
24
6.50
6.00
Type
15 TB 10F
15 TB 24F
Nuts
10
24
MM = Dim X 25.4
16TB (A-A-59125/20)/(MIL-T-55164/20)
Double Row, Front Connection
Number of
Terminals
Dim. A
Dim. B
4
3.38
2.88
10
6.50
6.00
Type
16 TB 04F
16 TB 10F
Nuts
4
10
MM = Dim X 25.4
17TB (A-A-59125/21)/(MIL-T-55164/21)
Double Row, Front Connection
Number of
Terminals
Type
w/stud
w/o stud
connectors connectors
17 TB 10F
10
20
Dim. A
Dim. B
Nuts
6.50
6.00
10
MM = Dim X 25.4
25TB (A-A-59125/23)/(MIL-T-55164/23)
Single Row, Front Connection
Type
25 TB
25 TB
25 TB
25 TB
25 TB
25 TB
25 TB
Number of Terminals
Dim. A
Dim. B
Nuts
2
5
6
7
9
10
12
1.38
2.31
2.63
2.94
3.56
3.88
4.50
1.06
2.00
2.31
2.63
3.25
3.56
4.19
2
5
6
7
9
10
12
02F
05F
06F
07F
09F
10F
12F
MM = Dim X 25.4
Double Row, Linked Front Connection
Type
26 TB
26 TB
26 TB
26 TB
06F
08F
10F
12F
Number of
Terminals
w/stud
w/o stud
connectors connectors
6
8
10
12
12
16
20
24
Dim. A
Dim. B
Nuts
2.63
3.25
3.88
4.50
2.31
2.94
3.56
4.19
12
16
20
24
MM = Dim X 25.4
139
Military/Navy Class Terminal Blocks
26TB (A-A-59125/24)/(MIL-T-55164/24)
Stud Feed Thru
Studded Power Feed Thru
Terminal Blocks
ST722 Family
These terminal blocks were designed for applications where power feed thru is necessary using standard double hole lugs
with .625" spacing.
These terminal blocks are available in three mounting options (end mount, back mount, and slide-in mount) and are offered in
various line lengths.
These terminal blocks lower cost by eliminating multiple components and assembly time. The terminal blocks are
manufactured from top quality insulator and conductor materials. They are designed with a robust one-piece insulator base
using a one-piece conductor permanently assembled together.
Offered with various hardware options (See Description Below).
Covers are molded using a one-piece design and are available as an option for all series of terminal blocks.
Optional Cover Available:
-
Cover is offered in 1 – 6 poles
One cover accommodates all series
Base, Thermoplastic
Flammability UL 94 V-0
Catalog
Number
Number
of Poles
Inches
Metric
C72201
C72202
C72203
C72204
C72205
C72206
1
2
3
4
5
6
0.91
1.64
2.37
3.10
3.83
4.56
(23.11)
(41.66)
(60.20)
(78.74)
(97.28)
(115.82)
Series
Mounting
ST722
B
B – Back Mount
S – Slide Mount
E – End Mount
Dimensions A
Stud (Thread Size)
2
5
Poles
0
19 - #10-32 Stud
25 - 1/4” - 20 Stud
M5 - M5 Stud
M6 - M6 Stud
140
Hardware
2
(Back Mount) 02 – 06
(Slide Mount) 01 – 04
(End Mount) 01 – 06
(blank) – No hardware
UH – All nuts shipped bulk
AH – All nuts assembled
DL – Assembled barrier side,
remainder shipped bulk
Studded Power Feed Thru
Terminal Blocks
Stud Feed Thru
ST722B Series (back mount)
Specifications:
Electrical:
•
•
•
•
300 Volts (UL 1059 Class B and C)
175 Amps
Wire Range #2/0 - #8
(Accommodates Two Hole Compression Lugs on .625"
Centers – wires #2 and larger may require narrow lugs)
General/Mechanical:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Thermoplastic, 125°C (UL RTI)
Studs, Brass, Nickel Plated
2 – 6 Poles
.73" Centers
Application Torque: 35 lbf-in for #10 - 32 and M5. 50 lbf-in for 1/4” - 20 and M6
The Suitability of These Devices for Greater Currents Shall Be Determined in the End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Catalog
Number
Dimensions A
Number
of Poles
Inches
Metric
ST722BXX02
ST722BXX03
ST722BXX04
ST722BXX05
ST722BXX06
2
3
4
5
6
1.55
2.28
3.01
3.74
4.47
(39.37)
(57.91)
(75.45)
(95.00)
(113.54)
Replace XX with thread size on page 140.
"A"
.64
.73
18.5
16.3
BLIND HOLE FOR #6
THREAD
CUTTING SCREW
.63
15.9
1.50
38.1
1.05
26.8
.60
15.3
.73
18.5
THD. X .43 TYP.
BOTH ENDS
((4) #6 THREAD CUTTING SCREW PROVIDED)
1.00
25.4
1.90
48.3
.54
13.7
.60
15.3
141
Stud Feed Thru
Studded Power Feed Thru
Terminal Blocks
ST722S Series (slide-in mount)
Specifications:
Electrical:
•
•
•
•
300 Volts (UL 1059 Class B and C)
175 Amps
Wire Range #2/0 - #8
(Accommodates Two Hole Compression Lugs on .625"
Centers – wires #2 and larger may require narrow lugs)
General/Mechanical:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Thermoplastic, 125°C (UL RTI)
Studs, Brass, Nickel Plated
1 – 4 Poles
.73" Centers
Application Torque: 35 lbf-in for #10 - 32 and M5. 50 lbf-in for 1/4” - 20 and M6
The Suitability of These Devices for Greater Currents Shall Be Determined in the End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Catalog #
Number
Dimensions A
of Poles
Inches
Metric
1
2
3
4
0.82
1.55
2.28
3.01
(20.83)
(39.37)
(57.91)
(76.45)
ST722SXX01
ST722SXX02
ST722SXX03
ST722SXX04
Replace XX with thread size on page 140.
"A"
.64
16.2
.63
1.50
1.25
15.9
38.1
31.8
.73
.062
18.5
1.57
THD. X .43 TYP.
BOTH ENDS
1.00
25.4
1.90
48.3
.54
13.7
142
Studded Power Feed Thru
Terminal Blocks
Stud Feed Thru
ST722E Series (end mount)
Specifications:
Electrical:
•
•
•
•
300 Volts (UL 1059 Class B and C)
175 Amps
Wire Range #2/0 - #8
(Accommodates Two Hole Compression Lugs on .625"
Centers – wires #2 and larger may require narrow lugs)
General/Mechanical:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Thermoplastic, 125°C (UL RTI)
Studs, Brass, Nickel Plated
1 – 6 Poles
.73" Centers
Application Torque: 35 lbf-in for #10 - 32 and M5. 50 lbf-in for 1/4” - 20 and M6
The Suitability of These Devices for Greater Currents Shall Be Determined in the End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Catalog
Number
Number
of Poles
Inches
Dimensions A
Metric
Inches
Metric
ST722EXX01
ST722EXX02
ST722EXX03
ST722EXX04
ST722EXX05
ST722EXX06
1
2
3
4
5
6
1.77
2.50
3.23
3.96
4.69
5.42
(44.96)
(63.50)
(82.40)
(100.58)
(119.13)
(137.67)
1.32
2.05
2.78
3.51
4.24
4.97
(33.53)
(52.07)
(70.61)
(89.15)
(107.70)
(126.24)
Replace XX with thread size on page 140.
"B"
"A"
.64
16.3
.63
15.9
φ .23
1.50
38.1
.73
18.5
5.8
THD. X .43 TYP.
BOTH ENDS
1.00
25.4
1.90
48.3
.54
13.7
143
Dimensions B
ST715S1902
Specifications:
Electrical:
•
•
•
•
300 Volts (UL 1059 Class B and C)
80 Amps
Wire Range #6 - #14
(Accommodates Two Hole Compression
Lugs on .625" Centers)
General/Mechanical:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Base, Thermoplastic, 125°C (UL RTI)
Studs, Brass, Nickel Plated
2 Poles
.56" Centers
Application Torque 35 lbf-in
The Suitability of These Devices for Greater Currents Shall Be Determined in the End-Use Application
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
cUR Certified File No. XCFR8.E62806
.50
12.7
.44
11.1
.75
19.1
1.25
31.8
.03
0.8
.06
1.5
.38
9.5
1.14
28.9
#10-32 TBD 8X
.95
24.3
2.13
54
φ .096 X .19 DP
[2.4 X 4.8]
FOR #4 SCREW
.63
15.9
1.19
30.2
1.52
38.5
.79
20.1
.56
14.3
.04
1
1.185
30.1
MAX
.75
18.9
((2) #4 THREAD CUTTING SCREW PROVIDED)
144
SPECIAL PRODUCTS
.12
2.9
C71502 (Cover)
MARATHON Æ
Stud Feed Thru
Studded Power Feed Thru
Terminal Blocks
.63
16
.79
19.9
Studded Power Feed Thru
Terminal Block
Stud Feed Thru
ST723B38 Series (Back Mount)
Specifications:
Mechanical:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Electrical:
Base, Thermoplastic, 125°C (UL RTI)
Flammability, UL 94 V-O
Studs, 3/8” - 16 Brass, Nickel Plated
Mounting hardware included (4) #10-32 screws
Lug termination hardware not included
Application Torque 192 lb-in.
UL Recognized File No. XCFR2.E62806
cUR Certified File No. XCFR8.E62806
Ordering Code:
600 Volts (UL 1059 Class B and C)
380 Amps
Wire Range #500 kcmil - #2/0 AWG
(Accommodates Two Hole Compression Lugs on 1"
Centers – wires larger than 250 kcmil require narrow lugs)
φ .155 TYP.
20.6
1.50
38.1
1.00
25.4
3/8-16 X .86" LG.
TH'D BOTH ENDS
1.40
35.6
1.60
40.7
3.9
X .43 [10.9] DP.
FOR #10 SCREW
φ .81 TYP.
2.25
57.1
ST723B3801 - one pole
ST723B3802 - two poles
Contact Factory
for 2-Pole Drawing
•
•
•
•
1.19
30.2
.56
14.2
φ .10 X .45 DP.
.71
18
.27
6.8
1.80
45.8
1.75
44.5
2.6
Single Stud Connection Block
Specifications:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5/16” Stud
Catalog# ST 710 31
Base, Thermoplastic
Temperature rating of 125°C (UL RTI)
Hardware, Stainless Steel
300V
Recommended Mounting Screw 1/4”
Available with two stud sizes: 5/16” or 3/8”
Designed for two or more wire lugs
3/8” Stud
Catalog# ST 710 38
145
.25
6.4
Index
Catalog
No.
0987 RZ Series
1MS Series
3TBF Series
4TBF Series
5TBF Series
6CC30A Series
6F30A Series
6F60A Series
6F200A Series
6F600A Series
6G38 Series
6H38 Series
6H12 Series
6J30A Series
6J60A Series
R6J100A Series
6J200A Series
6J400A Series
6J600A Series
6M30A Series
6R30A Series
6R60A Series
6R100A Series
6R200A Series
6R400A Series
6R600A Series
6SC30A Series
6SM30A Series
6TBF Series
6T30A
6T100A
6T200A
6T400A
6T600A
6W30A Series
7TBF Series
8TBF Series
9TBF Series
10TBF Series
11TBF Series
15TBF Series
16TBF Series
17TBF Series
25TBF Series
26TBF Series
37TBB Series
37TBF Series
37TBLD
37TBLS
38TBF Series
38TBLD
38TBLS
39TBF Series
Page
No.
113 114 118 -
26,
63
33
137
137
137
27
10
10
10
10
116
117
119
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
14
14
14
14
14
14
28
25
137
19
19
19
19
19
120
138
138
138
138
138
139
139
139
139
139
131
132
135
135
132
135
135
133
Catalog
No.
Page
No.
39TBLD
39TBLS
40TBB Series
40TBF Series
41TBF Series
42TBF Series
100 Series
132X122
132X422
132X474
132X570
132X572
132X574
132X580
132X970
132X972
133X126
133X270
133X271
133X272
133X273
133X280
133X281
133X305
133X320
133X360
133X552
133X554
133X555
133X558
133X559
133X563
133X564
133X565
133X575
133X585
133X587
133X588
133X595
133X596
133X597
133X598
133X953
133X955
140X303
140X401
140X402
140X404
140X801
141X200
141X201
141X202
141X203
135
135
131
133
134
134
79
49
49
51
44
47
51
44
46
48
47
52
52
52
52
52
52
47
47
47
44
44
45
51
51
49
49
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
46
46
46
47
44
44
44
47
50
50
50
50
146
Catalog
No.
141X205
141X300
141X301
141X400
141X403
142X121
142X122
142X123
142X411
142X552
142X553
142X570
142X572
142X574
142X970
143X123
143X124
143X126
143X552
143X553
143X555
143X559
143X561
143X563
143X587
143X590
143X953
143X955
144X122
144X401
144X551
144X553
144X557
144X560
144X569
144X575
144X614
145X129
145X301
145X411
145X552
145X573
145X579
145X583
145X586
145X587
145X592
145X594
145X596
145X599
145X606
145X610
145X986
Page
No.
50
47
50
44
44
48
49
49
50
47
50
44
47
51
46
47
48
47
44
44
45
50
49
49
45
51
46
46
49
44
45
49
47
44
51
51
49
47
48
46
45
49
45
49
46
46
46
45
51
51
49
51
46
Index
Catalog
No.
145X992
1453401
200 Series
200HB Series
300 Series
400 Series
410 GP Series
411 Series
411-1904
599 Series
599-2002
599-2004
599-2020
599-2021
600 GP Series
600A GP Series
600A-2002
600-2004
601 GP Series
601-2102
601-2104
601-2108
602 GP Series
602-2202
603 GP Series
603-2302
604 GP Series
604-2402
605 GP Series
605-2502
621 RZ Series
649 Series (Fanning
650 Series (Fanning
651 Series (Fanning
652 Series (Fanning
699 Series
699-2102
699-2104
699-2120
699-2121
670A GP Series
670A RZ Series
671 GP Series
671 RZ Series
672 GP Series
672 RZ Series
799 Series
800A Series
801 Series
802 Series
812 Series
812-2202
812-2204
Page
No.
Strips)
Strips)
Strips)
Strips)
46
46
80
81
82
83
84
69
103
70
103
103
103
103
85
86
103
103
87
103
103
103
88
103
89
103
90
103
91
103
92
102
102
102
102
71
103
103
103
103
79
93
80
94
82
95
70
86
87
88
72
103
103
Catalog
No.
Page
No.
899 Series
71
912 Series
72
985 Series
64
1100 Series
61
1103P
62
1200 Series
62
1500 Series
65
1600 Series
66
1690 Series
73 - 74
1700 Series
67
2590 Series
75
2690 Series
76 - 77
DIN Rail Adapter
39
Flex Wire
5-6
Fuse Cover/Puller
37 - 38
Fuse Holder with BD
35
F30A Series
9
F60A Series
9
F200A Series
9
F600A Series
9
FPB23 Series
41 - 42
FPB33 Series
41 - 42
G15A Series
29
G20A Series
29
G30A Series
29
Grounding Lugs
55
IEC Power Blocks (EPB Series) 53
J-JS Jumpers (LL)
101
KT Series
96 - 98
Marking Strips & Covers
104 -111
MIK3
122
MIK5
123
MIK10
124
MIK16
125
MIK25
126
MIKE4
128
MIKE10
128
MIKE16
128
MIKSI5
128
MIKTS4
127
Power Block Covers
54
R30A Series
13
R60A Series
13
R100A Series
13
R200A Series
13
R400A Series
13
R600A Series
13
R6CC60 Series
27
R6F30A Series
10
R6F60A Series
10
R6F100A Series
10
R6F400A Series
10
R6J30A Series
23
147
Catalog
No.
Page
No.
R6J60A Series
R6T30A Series
R6T60A Series
RF30A Series
RF60A Series
RF100A Series
RF400A Series
RG15A Series
RG20A Series
RG30A Series
RH Series
RJ, RJS Jumpers
RT30A Series
RT60A Series
SCCR
SPB (Straddle Plate)
ST, 3/4 ST
ST14
ST38
ST710 Series
ST715S1902
ST723B3802
ST722B
ST722E
ST722S
STSF
T30A Series
T60A Series
T100A Series
T200A Series
T400A Series
T600A Series
Wire Clamp
Y, YSY, Z
23
19
19
9
9
9
9
29
29
29
11 - 12
101
18
18
40
101
99
34
34
145
144
145
141
143
142
36
18
18
18
18
18
18
101
100
Terms & Conditions
ALL QUOTATIONS ARE MADE AND ALL
ORDERS ARE ACCEPTED BY MARATHON
SPECIAL PRODUCTS CORPORATION SUBJECT
ONLY TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS.
1.
MODIFICATIONS OF SALES TERMS
Any Terms and Conditions contained in any
purchase order or other form of communication from
Marathon’s customers which are additional or different
from these Terms and Conditions shall be deemed
rejected by Marathon unless expressly accepted in
writing by Marathon. In general, no modification,
amendment, waiver or other change of any of these
Terms and Conditions and those contained on the
reverse side hereof and/or in attachments hereto
("Terms and Conditions"), or of any of Marathon’s rights
or remedies thereunder, shall be binding on Marathon
unless expressly accepted in writing by Marathon’s
authorized officers at Marathon’s home office. No
course of dealing, usage of trade or course of
performance shall be relevant to explain or supplement
any of these Terms and Conditions. In cases of conflict
between the Terms and Conditions printed on this page
and those contained on the face side or in attachment
hereto, the latter shall control. If any document issued
by any party hereto is sent by facsimile or another form
of electronic document transmission, the parties hereto
agree that (a) the copy of any such document printed on
the facsimile machine or printer of the recipient thereof
is a counterpart original copy thereof and is a "writing",
(b) delivery of any such other form of electronic
document to the recipient thereof by facsimile or such
other form of electronic document transmission is
authorized by the recipient thereof and is legally sufficient for all purposes as if delivered by United States
mail, (c) the typewritten name of an authorized agent of
the party sending such document on any such
document is sufficient as a signature thereon and behalf
of such party and the intent of such signature is to
authenticate the writing, and (d) an electronically stored
and reproduced copy of any such document shall be
deemed to be legally sufficient evidence of the terms of
such document for all purposes.
ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS
Acceptance by Marathon of Buyer’s purchase
order(s) is expressly conditioned upon Buyer’s assent to
these Terms and Conditions. Buyer will be deemed to
have assented to such Terms and Conditions unless
Marathon receives written notice of any objection within
fifteen (15) days after Buyer’s receipt of this form and in
all events prior to any delivery or other performance by
Marathon of Buyer’s order.
retailer’s occupation tax, use tax, sales tax, excise tax,
duty, custom, inspections or testing fee, or any other tax,
fee or charge of any nature whatsoever imposed by any
government authority, on or measured by the transaction between Marathon and Buyer. In the event
Marathon is required to pay any such tax, fee or charge,
Buyer shall reimburse Marathon therefor, or, in lieu of
such payment, Buyer shall provide Marathon at the time
the order is submitted with an exemption certificate or
other document acceptable to the authority imposing
such tax, fee or charge.
6.
TERMS OF PAYMENT
All orders are subject to the approval of Marathon
at its home office. Terms of payment are cash in full no
later than thirty (30) days from date of shipment,
without discount. If, during the period of performance of
an order, the financial condition of Buyer is determined
by Marathon not to justify the terms of payment
specified, Marathon may demand full or partial payment
in advance before proceeding with the work, or
satisfactory security or guarantees that invoices will be
promptly paid when due, or, at its option without
prejudice to other lawful remedies, may defer delivery or
cancel this contract If delivery is deferred, the
equipment may be stored as provided in Section 9
hereof and Marathon may submit a new estimate of cost
for completion based upon prevailing conditions. If
Buyer defaults in any payment when due, or in the event
any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency
proceedings involving Buyer are initiated by or against
Buyer, then the whole contract price shall immediately
become due and payable upon demand, or Marathon, at
its option without prejudice to its other lawful
remedies, may defer delivery or cancel this contract
Prorata payments shall become due as shipments
are made. If shipments are delayed by the Buyer for any
cause, payments shall become due from the date on
which Marathon is prepared to make shipment and
storage shall be at the Buyer’s risk and expense as
provided in Section 9 hereof. If manufacture is delayed
by the Buyer for any cause, a Partial payment based
upon the proportion of the order completed shall
become due from the date on which Marathon is notified
of the delay.
embargo or other governmental act, authority
regulation or request, fire, theft, accident, strike,
slow-down or other labor disturbance, war, riot, delay in
transportation, or (iii) inability to obtain necessary labor,
materials, components or facilities.
Should any of the aforementioned events of force
majeure occur, Marathon at its option, may cancel
Buyer’s order with respect to any undelivered
equipment or extend the delivery date for a period equal
to the time lost because of delay. Notice of such election
shall be given promptly to Buyer. In the event Marathon
elects to so cancel the order Marathon shall be released
of and from all liability for failure to deliver the
equipment including, but not limited to any and all
claims on behalf of Buyer for lost profits or any other
claim of any nature which Buyer might have.
If shipping or progress of the work is delayed or
interrupted by Buyer, directly or indirectly, Buyer shall
pay Marathon for all additional charges resulting
therefrom.
9.
STORAGE
If the equipment is not shipped within thirty (30)
days after notification has been made to Buyer that it is
ready for shipping, for any reason beyond Marathon’s
control, including Buyers failure to give shipping
instructions, Marathon may store the equipment at
Buyer’s risk and expense in a warehouse or upon
Marathon’s premises, and Buyer shall pay all handling,
transportation and storage costs at the prevailing
commercial rates promptly following Marathon’s
submission of invoices for such costs.
1O. WARRANTIES TO DISTRIBUTORS AND
INDUSTRIAL OR COMMERCIAL CUSTOMERS
This warranty is extended only to Marathon’s
distributors and industrial or commercial customers and
does not apply to consumer purchasers.
Warranty Period - Marathon warrants products
manufactured by it to be free from defects in materials
and workmanship and to conform to Marathon’s written
specifications for a period of twelve (12) months from
date of first use or eighteen (18) months from date of
manufacture whichever period shall expire first.
2.
3.
QUOTATIONS
Quotations by Marathon shall be deemed to be
offers by Marathon to sell the equipment described
therein subject to these Terms and Conditions, and
acceptance of such offers is expressly limited to acceptance by Buyer of all of these Terms and Conditions within thirty (30) days from the date of the quotation.
Purchase orders submitted by Buyer for the equipment
quoted by Marathon shall be subject to and will be
deemed to constitute acceptance of these Terms and
Conditions. All purchase orders will be subject to
approval by Marathon at Marathon’s home office.
4.
PRICES: PRICE CHANGES
All prices are net F.O.B. shipping point and are
subject to change without notice. In the event of a
change in Marathon’s prices, the price for equipment
unshipped will be the price in effect on the date of
shipment.
If Marathon’s quoted price was based on delivery to
and acceptance by Buyer of a specified quantity of
equipment, such price shall be subject to adjustment if
Buyer does not accept the quantity at the times
specified in Marathon’s quotation, and Buyer will be
invoiced at Marathon’s standard price without quantity
discounts, if any, for the quantity of equipment actually
accepted by Buyer.
5.
TAXES
In addition to any prices, Buyer shall pay the
amount of any present or future manufacturer’s tax,
7.
DELIVERY; RISK OF LOSS
All sales are F 0.B. Marathon’s plant or other point
of shipment designated by Marathon. Shipping dates
are estimates only which are not guaranteed and are
based upon prompt receipt from Buyer of all necessary
shipping and other information, Marathon reserves the
right to make delivery in installments. All installments to
be separately invoiced and paid for by Buyer when due
per invoice, without regard to subsequent deliveries.
Delivery of equipment to a commercial carrier at
Marathon’s plant or other loading point shall constitute
delivery to Buyer, and any risk of loss and further cost
and responsibility thereafter for claims, delivery, loss or
damage, including if applicable, placement and storage
shall be borne by Buyer. When equipment is delivered
by Marathon’s truck, unloading at Buyer’s dock shall
constitute delivery to Buyer. Claims for shortages or
other errors in delivery must be made in writing to
Marathon within ten (10) days after receipt of shipment
and failure to give such notice shall constitute
unqualified acceptance and a waiver of all such claims
by Buyer. Claims for loss or damage to equipment in
transit by common carrier must be made to the carrier
and not to Marathon. Freight and handling charges by
Marathon may not reflect actual freight charges prepaid
to the carrier by Marathon due to incentive discounts
earned by Marathon based upon Marathon’s aggregate
volume of freight tendered to a carrier or when a carrier
must be used which charges a rate which is different
than the rate upon which Marathon’s freight and
handling charges were based. When shipments are
delivered in Marathon’s private trucks, Buyer will be
charged an amount approximating the prevailing
common carrier rate.
8.
EXCUSABLE DELAYS FORCE MAJEURE
Marathon shall not be liable for any loss or damage
as a result of Marathon’s delay in or failure of delivery or
installation due to (i) any cause beyond Marathon’s
reasonable control, (ii) an act of God, act of the Buyer,
148
Warranty Remedies - If prior to expiration of the
foregoing warranty period, any product shall be
proved to Marathon’s satisfaction to be defective or nonconforming, Marathon will repair or replace such defective equipment or components thereof. F.O.B.
Marathon’s plant or other destination designated by
Marathon or will refund or credit by Marathon, the
purchase price paid therefor by Buyer, at Marathon’s
sole option. Buyer’s exclusive remedy and Marathon’s
sole obligation under this warranty shall be limited to
such repair or replacement, F.O.B. Marathon’s plant or
other destination designated by Marathon or refund or
credit by Marathon, and shall be conditioned upon
Marathon’s receiving written notice of any defect within
sixty (60) days after it was discovered or by reasonable
care should have been discovered. In no event shall
Marathon’s liability for such defective or nonconforming
products exceed the purchase price paid by Buyer
therefore.
Exclusions - This warranty does not (i) cover
shipping expenses to and from Marathon’s factory or
other destination designated by Marathon for repair or
replacement of defective equipment or any tax, duty,
custom, inspection or testing fee, or any other charge of
any nature related thereto, nor does it cover the costs of
removing defective equipment or reinstalling repaired or
replaced equipment, (ii) apply and shall be void with
respect to equipment operated in excess of rated
capacity or otherwise not in accordance with
installation, maintenance or operating instructions or
requirements, to equipment repaired or altered by
others than Marathon or Marathon’s authorized service
agencies, or to equipment which was subjected to
abuse, negligence, misuse, misapplication, accident,
damages by circumstances beyond Marathon’s control,
to improper installation (if by others than Marathon),
operation, maintenance or storage, or to other than
normal use or service, and (iii) apply to equipment or
components not manufactured by Marathon. With
Terms & Conditions
respect to equipment or components not manufactured
by Marathon, Marathon’s warranty obligations shall in all
respects conform and be limited to the warranty
actually extended to Marathon by its suppliers but in no
event shall Marathon’s obligations be greater than those
provided under Marathon’s warranty set forth in this
Section 10.
THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU
OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS AND IMPLIED
WARRANTIES (EXCEPT TITLE), INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
NO
EMPLOYEE,
REPRESENTATIVE, OR AGENT OF M A R AT H O N
OT H E R T H A N A N O F F I C E R OF MARATHON IS
AUTHORIZED TO ALTER OR MODIFY ANY
PROVISION OF THIS SECTION 10 OR TO MAKE ANY
GUARANTEE, WARRANTY, OR REPRESENTATION,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORALLY OR IN WRITING,
WHICH IS CONTRARY TO THE FOREGOING. Any
description of the equipment, whether in writing or made
orally by Marathon or Marathon’s agent, specifications,
samples, models, bulletins, drawings, diagrams,
engineering sheets or similar materials used in
connection with Buyer’s order are for the sole purpose
of identifying the equipment and shall not be construed
as an express warranty. Any suggestions by Marathon
or Marathon’s agents regarding use, application or
suitability of the equipment shall not be construed as an
express warranty unless confirmed to be such in
writing by Marathon’s authorized officer at Marathon’s
home office.
11. LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY;
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
Nuclear Use Disclaimer - Equipment sold by
Marathon is not intended for use in connection with
any nuclear facility or activity. If so used Marathon
disclaims all liability for any nuclear damage, injury or
contamination, and Buyer shall indemnify and hold
Marathon, its officers, agents, employees, successors,
assigns, and customers harmless from and against any
and all losses, damages or expenses of whatever form
or nature (including attorneys’ fees and other costs of
defending any action) which they or any of them may
sustain or incur whether as a result of breach of
contract, warranty, tort (including negligence) or
otherwise, by reason of such use.
Consequential Damage Disclaimer - Marathon’s
liability with respect to equipment proved to its
satisfaction to be detective within the warranty period
shall be limited to repair, replacement or refund as
provided in Section 10 hereof and in no event shall
Marathon’s liability exceed the purchase price of the
equipment involved. Marathon shall not be subject to
any other obligations or liabilities, whether arising out of
breach of contract, warranty, tort (including negligence)
or other theories of law, with respect to equipment sold
or services rendered by Marathon, or any undertakings,
acts or omissions relating thereto. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, Marathon specifically
disclaims any liability for property or personal injury
damages, penalties, special or punitive damages,
damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of use of
equipment or any associated equipment, cost of capital,
cost of substitute products, facilities or services,
down-time, shut-down, or slow-down costs, or for any
other types of economic loss, and for claims of Buyer’s
customers for any such damages.
MARATHON SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR AND
DISCLAIMS ALL CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL
AND CONTINGENT DAMAGES WHATSOEVER.
EVEN IF THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT REMEDY
SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE FAILED OF ITS
ESSENTIAL PURPOSE UNDER SECTION 2-719 OF
THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE, MARATHON
SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY TO BUYER FOR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SUCH AS LOST
PROFITS, LOST REVENUE, DAMAGE TO OTHER
EQUIPMENT OR LIABILITY OR INJURY TO A THIRD
PARTY.
12. INDEMNIFICATION BY BUYER
Buyer shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend
Marathon and Marathon’s employees and agents from
and against any and all damages, liability, claims,
losses, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’
fees, court costs, and out-of-pocket expenses) arising
out of or resulting in any way from claims by customers
of Buyer or third parties against Marathon alleging a
breach of contract or warranty by Marathon to the extent
that such damages, liability, claims, losses, and
expenses which may be payable by Marathon to Buyer
pursuant to and as limited by Marathon’s warranty and
damage obligations as contained in Sections 10 and 11
hereof so as to effectively limit Marathon’s obligations to
customers of Buyer or third parties to those set forth in
Sections 10 and 11 hereof.
13. PATENT INDEMNIFICATION
Marathon will at its own expense, defend or settle
any suits that may be instituted against Buyer for
alleged infringement by the equipment of any
United States patent, provided that (a) such alleged
infringements consists of the use of the equipment for
any of the purposes for which such equipment was sold,
(b) Buyer shall have made all payments for such
equipment then due hereunder, (c) Buyer shall give
Marathon immediate notice in writing of any such suit
and transmit to Marathon immediately upon receipt all
processes and papers served upon Buyer, and (d)
Buyer shall permit Marathon through its counsel, either
in the name of Buyer or in the name of Marathon, to
defend such suit(s) and give all needed information,
assistance and authority to enable Marathon to do so.
In case of a final award of damages in any such
suit, Marathon will pay such award but will not be
responsible for any compromise or settlement made
without its written consent. In case the equipment itself
is in such suit held to infringe any valid patent issued in
the United States and its use enjoined, or in the event of
a settlement or compromise approved by Marathon
which shall preclude future use of the equipment sold to
Buyer hereunder, Marathon shall, at its own expense
and, at its sole option, either (a) procure rights to
continue using such equipment, (b) modify the
equipment to render it noninfringing, (c) replace the
equipment with noninfringing equipment, or (d) refund
the purchase price paid by Buyer for the equipment after
return of the equipment to Marathon. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Marathon shall not be held responsible
for infringements of combination or process patents
covering
the
use
of
equipment
in
combination with other goods or materials not furnished
by Marathon.
The foregoing states the entire liability of Marathon
for patent infringement and IN NO EVENT SHALL
MARATHON BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ATTRIBUTABLE TO AN
INFRINGEMENT nor for infringement based on the use
of the equipment for a purpose other than that for which
sold by Marathon. As to any equipment furnished by
Marathon to Buyer manufactured in accordance with
designs proposed or furnished by Buyer or any claim of
contributory infringement resulting from the use or
resale by Buyer of equipment sold hereunder, Buyer
shall indemnify Marathon against any award made
against Marathon for any patent, trademark or copyright
infringements, including attorneys’ fees and defense
costs.
14. SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FINANCING
STATEMENTS
To secure payment of the purchase price and of all
monies which may be due hereunder, and performance
of all of Buyer’s obligations hereunder, Buyer hereby
grants to Marathon a security interest in all equipment
sold by Marathon, and agrees to execute such other
Security Agreements and Financing Statements as
Marathon may reasonably request.
15. INSURANCE
Until payment in full of the purchase price, Buyer
shall maintain insurance covering all equipment sold by
Marathon to Buyer in such amounts and against such
risks as is customary by companies engaged in the
same or similar business and similarly located, and
shall, upon Marathon’s request, furnish evidence of
such insurance satisfactory to Marathon.
149
16. DRAWINGS: OTHER DESIGN DATA
All specifications, drawings, design, data,
information, ideas, methods, patterns and/or inventions
made, conceived, developed or acquired by Marathon in
connection with procuring and/or executing Buyer’s
order will vest in and inure to Marathon’s sole benefit
notwithstanding any changes therefor which may have
been or may be imposed by Marathon.
Buyer shall not give, loan, exhibit, sell or transfer to
any person not then employed by Buyer and authorized
to receive such information, or to any organization or
entity, any drawing, photograph, or specification
furnished by Marathon or reproduction thereof which
may enable such person, organization or entity to
furnish similar goods or parts therefor.
17. RETURN OF EQUIPMENT
No equipment or part shall be returned to Marathon
without written authorization and shipping instructions
first having been obtained from Marathon.
18. ASSIGNMENT
None of the Buyer’s rights under any order shall be
assigned by the Buyer to any other person, whether by
operation of law or otherwise, without Marathon’s prior
written approval. Marathon may, without the necessity of
obtaining Buyer’s prior written consent, subcontract the
production of all or any portion of the equipment.
19. CANCELLATION
No order submitted to Marathon may be cancelled
by Buyer without the prior written consent of Marathon,
which consent will at all times be conditioned on Buyer’s
agreement to pay Marathon’s cancellation charge. For
finished equipment which in Marathon’s judgment is
readily resalable to others, the cancellation charge shall
be 15% of the invoice price of the equipment. For all
other cancellations the cancellation charge shall
amount to all costs and expenses incurred by Marathon
and arising out of or in connection with the Buyer’s
order, net of recoverability, but in no event less than 10%
of the invoice price of the equipment or more than the
invoice price.
20. GENERAL
Governing Law - These Terms and Conditions,
and the contract of sale between Marathon and Buyer,
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the internal laws of the State of Ohio. Marathon and
Buyer hereby agree that any legal action deemed
necessary by either party hereto shall be brought in the
Circuit Court in and for Wood County, Ohio and hereby
consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court in any
such action over the parties hereto. The rights and
obligations of Marathon and Buyer shall not be
governed by the provisions of the United Nations
Convention on Contracts for the International Sales of
Goods.
Attorneys’ Fees - Buyer agrees to pay all of
Seller’s costs and expenses of collection and related
litigation, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and
costs.
Salvatory Clause - The invalidity, in whole or in
part, of any of the provisions of these Terms and
Conditions, shall not affect the enforceability of any of
the other provisions thereof.
Applicability - The Terms and Conditions as
stated herein are applicable as of the date of this
printing and until such time as changed by Marathon.
Revised, January 2003
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
PLEASE READ CAREFULLY
The following DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION information is supplied to you for your protection and to provide you with many years
of trouble free and safe operation of your Marathon Special Products components.
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
•
Devices sold by Marathon Special Products provide for interconnection of electrical circuits and as such
are, or can be, points of live electrical contact. It is the responsibility of the Buyer or user to ensure
through the use of enclosures, insulation, engineering controls, or other means in the application, that
the wiring device is protected from intentional or accidental contact in an energized condition. Failure
to do so can create the potential for electrical shock and associated serious injury.
•
Only qualified personnel should install and troubleshoot electrical products due to the potential for
serious injury related to electrical shock. Make certain that the power supply is disconnected
and/or locked out before attempting to install, remove or service components.
•
Connection tightness is critical to electrical performance. Buyer, user, or installer must always ensure
that the proper screw torque is applied and maintained.
•
Buyer or user must ensure that proper clearances are maintained between energized electrical
components and all other devices including but not limited to the enclosure and mounting
mechanism.
•
Install and ground per local and national code.
•
Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the adequacy of the product for any and all uses to
which Buyer shall apply the product. Buyer must ensure that the application of the device conforms to
all standards, codes, policies or practices that govern or apply to their equipment or application.
Marathon Special Products uses design parameters, materials, and construction methods intended to
meet the standards noted in the engineering catalog, with specific suitability of use and restrictions as
noted in the appropriate agency files. The application by Buyer shall not be subject to any implied
warranty of fitness for a particular purpose.
•
Products in this catalog are tested and listed with various standards agencies. They will meet or
exceed all performance guidelines as tested and qualified. Buyer or user must check that applications
do not exceed rated capacities of voltage and amperage and that appropriate wiring practices are
followed.
•
Products are intended for use in an "as sold" condition. Modification of components can affect
performance and ratings and subsequently the safety of the component system. Buyer or user
assumes liability for component modification.
•
Electrical products in this catalog are designed for use in appropriate enclosures. Buyer or user
is responsible to ensure that appropriate environmental control is designed into the application.
In the event of the resale of any goods, in whatever form, Resellers/Buyers will include the following language in a conspicuous place
and in a conspicuous manner in a written agreement covering such sale:
The manufacturer makes no warranties or representations, express or implied, by operation of law or otherwise, as to the
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose of the goods sold hereunder. Buyer acknowledges that it alone has
determined the goods purchased hereunder will suitably meet the requirements of their intended use. In no event will the
manufacturer be liable for consequential, incidental or other damages. Even if the repair or replacement remedy shall be
deemed to have failed of its essential purpose under section 2-719 of the Uniform Commercial Code, the manufacturer shall
have no liability to Buyer for consequential damages.
Resellers/Buyers agree to also include this entire document including the dangers,warnings and cautions listed above in a
conspicuous place and in a conspicuous manner in writing to instruct users on the safe usage of the product.
This information should be read together with all other printed information supplied by Marathon Special Products.
For more information contact: Marathon Special Products, Subsidiary of Marathon Electric, 13300 Van Camp Road, Bowling Green, OH.
43402
Phone: 419-352-8441
Fax: 419-352-0875
150
Notes
151
Notes
152
ISO 9001 Registered
13300 Van Camp Road • P.O. Box 468 • Bowling Green, Ohio 43402
Phone: (419) 352-8441 • Fax: (800) 515-7151
www.marathonsp.com
6137K/SK/7500/3-08/DBH
MARATHON SPECIAL PRODUCTS • ENGINEERING CATALOG
Marathon Is Quality
Download